PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS INC
S-1/A, 1996-01-30
COMPUTER PROCESSING & DATA PREPARATION
Previous: FIDELITY CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL TRUST II, 485APOS, 1996-01-30
Next: FMB FUNDS INC, NSAR-B, 1996-01-30




<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 29, 1996
    
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-80731
________________________________________________________________________________
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                                       <C>
                DELAWARE                                    7374                                   13-3624081
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF             (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                    (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)             CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                  IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                         ROUTE 230 AND EBY-CHIQUES ROAD
                          MT. JOY, PENNSYLVANIA 17552
                                 (717) 653-5340
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                             HAMILTON F. POTTER III
       EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING AND FINANCIAL OFFICER
                                  P.O. BOX 127
                        LANDISVILLE, PENNSYLVANIA 17538
                                 (717) 653-5340
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
                     SCOTT F. SMITH, ESQ.                                           JOHN J. SCHUSTER, ESQ.
                    HOWARD, DARBY & LEVIN                                          CAHILL GORDON & REINDEL
                 1330 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS                                            80 PINE STREET
                   NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019                                        NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
 
     If this Form  is filed to  register additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If this Form is  a post-effective amendment filed  pursuant to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and  list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
   
    
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  THAT  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING IN FORM S-1                      CAPTION OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
 
<C>   <S>                                                                      <C>
  1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of
        Prospectus...........................................................  Outside Front Cover Page
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
                                                                                 Pages of Prospectus
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
        Charges..............................................................  Prospectus Summary; The Company; Risk
                                                                                 Factors
  4.  Use of Proceeds........................................................  Use of Proceeds; Business --
                                                                                 Acquisitions
  5.  Determination of Offering Price........................................  Underwriting
  6.  Dilution...............................................................  Dilution
  7.  Selling Security Holders...............................................  *
  8.  Plan of Distribution...................................................  Underwriting
  9.  Description of Securities to be Registered.............................  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                                                 Prospectus; Description of Capital
                                                                                 Stock
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.................................  *
 11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant.............................  Outside Front Cover Page; The Company;
                                                                                 Risk Factors; Dividend Policy;
                                                                                 Capitalization; Selected Financial
                                                                                 and Pro Forma Data; Management's
                                                                                 Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                                 Condition and Results of Operations;
                                                                                 Business; Management; Principal
                                                                                 Stockholders; Certain Transactions;
                                                                                 Description of Capital Stock; Shares
                                                                                 Eligible for Future Sale; Financial
                                                                                 Statements
 12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act
        Liabilities..........................................................  *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  Item is inapplicable or response thereto is in the negative.


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 29, 1996
    
 
                                3,000,000 SHARES
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
[LOGO]
   
                            ------------------------
     All of  the 3,000,000  shares  of Common  Stock  offered hereby  are  being
offered  by  Physician Support  Systems, Inc.  (together  with its  wholly owned
subsidiaries 'PSS' or the 'Company').  Prior to this offering (the  'Offering'),
there  has  been  no  public  market  for  the  Common  Stock  of  the  Company.
Approximately $11.5  million  and $11.1  million  of  the net  proceeds  of  the
Offering  will be used, respectively, to acquire certain businesses and to repay
certain indebtedness.  It  is  currently anticipated  that  the  initial  public
offering  price of the Common Stock will  be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share.
See 'Underwriting'  for  a  discussion  of  the  factors  to  be  considered  in
determining  the  initial  public  offering price.  The  Common  Stock  has been
approved for quotation, subject  to official notice of  issuance, on the  Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol 'PHSS.'
    
 
   
     Upon  completion  of the  Offering, the  Company's directors,  officers and
principal  stockholders,   and  certain   affiliates,  will   beneficially   own
approximately  41.6% of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock (without giving
effect to the over-allotment option). See  'Risk Factors -- Control by  Existing
Stockholders; Benefits of Offering to Existing Stockholders.'
    
 
   
                            ------------------------
        THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                        SEE 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGES 6-9.
    
                            ------------------------
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION   NOR  HAS  THE
  SECURITIES   AND   EXCHANGE   COMMISSION   OR   ANY   STATE   SECURITIES
   COMMISSION   PASSED   UPON   THE    ACCURACY   OR  ADEQUACY  OF   THIS
    PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                UNDERWRITING
                                                           PRICE TO             DISCOUNTS AND           PROCEEDS TO
                                                            PUBLIC             COMMISSIONS(1)           COMPANY(2)
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
 
Per Share..........................................            $                      $                      $
Total(3)...........................................            $                      $                      $
</TABLE>
 
(1)  The Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
     liabilities,  including liabilities  under the  Securities Act  of 1933, as
     amended. See 'Underwriting.'
 
(2)  Before deducting expenses, payable by the Company, estimated at $800,000.
 
(3)  The Company has  granted the Underwriters  a 30-day option  to purchase  an
     aggregate  of up to 450,000  additional shares of Common  Stock on the same
     terms and conditions as set forth above solely to cover over-allotments, if
     any. If  such option  is exercised  in  full, the  total Price  to  Public,
     Underwriting  Discounts  and Commissions  and Proceeds  to Company  will be
     $      , $      and $      , respectively. See 'Underwriting.'
 
                            ------------------------

     The shares of Common  Stock are offered by the several  Underwriters  named
herein,  subject to prior sale,  when, as and if accepted by them and subject to
certain conditions.  The Underwriters  reserve the right to withdraw,  cancel or
modify  such  offer  and  to reject  orders in  whole or in part. It is expected
that the  certificates for  the shares  of Common  Stock will  be available  for
delivery  at the  offices of  Volpe, Welty  & Company,  One Maritime  Plaza, San
Francisco, California, on or about                , 1996.
 
                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
 
            The date of this Prospectus is                   , 1996.
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                     [Logo]
 
                                      [Map]
 
                            ------------------------
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The  following summary  is qualified in  its entirety by  the more detailed
information  and  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes   thereto
appearing  elsewhere in  this Prospectus. Prospective  investors should consider
carefully the information  discussed under 'Risk  Factors.' Except as  otherwise
indicated,  all information  in this  Prospectus (i)  has been  adjusted to give
effect to an increase in  the number of authorized  shares of common stock  from
5,000  to 100,000,000 and a change in the par value of common stock from $.01 to
$.001 per share (the 'Common Stock'), to be effective prior to the completion of
the Offering, (ii) has  been adjusted to reflect  the 1,400-for-one stock  split
with  respect to  the Common Stock  that will  occur prior to  completion of the
Offering and  (iii)  assumes no  exercise  of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     PSS   is   a  leading   provider   of  business   management   services  to
hospital-affiliated physicians in an array of practice settings, including  solo
and  group  practices,  independent  practice  associations  ('IPAs'), specialty
networks and other affiliated-physician groups (such physicians and groups being
referred to in this Prospectus as 'Physicians'). The Company offers its  clients
a   broad  variety  of  business  management  services,  ranging  from  accounts
receivable management to financial,  administrative and strategic support,  data
management and information systems support. In addition, the Company employs its
proprietary  technology and extensive financial  and patient encounter databases
to provide  a comprehensive  range  of managed  care  services to  its  clients,
including  contract review  and negotiation,  implementation and administration,
thereby enhancing  their  ability  to profitably  participate  in  managed  care
systems. The Company's services enable Physicians to maintain their independence
and  clinical autonomy  while maximizing  their reimbursement  and cashflow. The
Company believes that it is one of the largest providers of business  management
services to Physicians.
 
     Physicians  continue to experience increasing pressure on fees coupled with
a growing  complexity in  obtaining reimbursement  from third  party payors.  In
addition,  the growth of  managed care has  fostered the need  by Physicians for
reliable health care resource utilization data, which is critical in every phase
of the physician-payor relationship.  Given these and  other market forces,  the
Company  believes  that  there  is  an  increasing  need  among  Physicians  for
sophisticated business management services  and information systems provided  on
an  outsourced basis. The Company believes that the business management services
industry is highly  fragmented, with  services often provided  to physicians  by
smaller accounts receivable management companies. These organizations are unable
to  provide the  broad range of  services provided  by the Company  due to their
limited capital and  management resources and  their less comprehensive  patient
encounter  databases. The  Company believes that,  as managed  care becomes more
prevalent, and as physicians continue to demand greater sophistication,  broader
product  lines and higher  service levels, these  smaller service providers will
find it increasingly difficult to compete.
 
   
     The Company currently provides service to over 2,000 physicians,  including
radiologists,  anesthesiologists, pathologists and emergency room physicians, as
well as other specialists, many of whom  are affiliated with some form of  group
practice,  IPA  or  other specialty  network.  The Company  intends  to continue
utilizing its experience  in working with  Physicians in a  number of  different
practice settings by acquiring and managing various types of specialty networks.
For  example, the Company manages what it believes is the oldest and largest IPA
in  the  United  States,  with  over  340  physicians.  In  addition,  with  its
acquisition  of a Cleveland-based company,  planned to occur simultaneously with
the Offering,  the  Company  believes  that  it will  become  a  leader  in  the
formation,  development  and  management  of  management  service  organizations
('MSOs'). For  its  services,  the  Company  generally  is  compensated  with  a
management  fee based upon  a percentage of its  clients' net collections, which
percentage is determined after considering  a broad range of factors,  including
the  medical  specialty of  the  client and  the nature  of  the services  to be
provided. In most  cases, the  Company enters  into written  contracts with  its
clients,  which range  in duration from  month-to-month to five  years and renew
automatically unless notice to the contrary is given. The agreements describe in
general the nature of the services to  be provided and the management fee to  be
charged  by the Company. As of November 30, 1995, the Company experienced client
retention (as measured by the continuation of written contracts in existence  at
the  end of  1994) of approximately  95% of  those clients to  which it provided
services at the end of 1994.
    
 
                                       3
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Company's strategy  is to build  upon its reputation  and expertise  in
providing  a  broad  range of  cost-effective,  value-added  business management
services to Physicians through internal growth and by acquisition. The  specific
elements  of  the  Company's strategy  include  (i)  providing a  high  level of
customer service on  a local  level while  utilizing cost-effective  centralized
processing  centers, (ii)  offering an  increasingly broad  array of value-added
services, such as IPA  and MSO services, that  address the changing health  care
environment,  (iii)  continuing to  focus on  technological means  of increasing
Physician revenue  by expanding  and  developing proprietary  software  systems,
patient  encounter databases, statistical reporting  systems and electronic data
interfaces, (iv) expanding geographically  through acquisition opportunities  in
the  consolidating  physician  business  management  services  industry  and (v)
cross-selling its services to other medical specialties.
 
   
     The Company has  entered into  agreements to  acquire (the  'Acquisitions')
simultaneously  with the  Offering, three businesses,  one of  which consists of
three  affiliated  companies   (all  of  such   businesses  being  referred   to
collectively   as  the  'Acquired  Businesses'),  currently  providing  business
management  services  to   Physicians.  The  Offering   is  contingent  on   the
Acquisitions  being  completed simultaneously  with  the Offering.  After giving
effect to the Acquisitions, the total number of physicians served by the Company
will increase to over 2,500. PSS  believes that each of the Acquired  Businesses
operates  in a manner  consistent with the Company's  core business strategy and
gives it the opportunity to provide its services to Physicians in other  regions
of the United States.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company................  3,000,000 shares(1)
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
  Offering.........................................  5,240,000 shares(1)(2)
Use of proceeds....................................  Pending  and future acquisitions; repayment of debt; redemption of
                                                       preferred stock;  working capital  and other  general  corporate
                                                       purposes.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.............  PHSS
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Does  not include up to an aggregate 450,000 shares of Common Stock that may
    be sold by the Company pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment  option.
    See 'Underwriting.'
 
(2) Excludes  853,500 shares of Common Stock  reserved for future issuance under
    the Company's proposed stock option plan. It is anticipated that options  to
    purchase  up to  85,350 shares  of Common  Stock will  be granted  as of the
    completion of the Offering. See 'Management -- Stock Option Plan.'
 
                                       4
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
            SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             --------------------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                               PRO FORMA                         PRO FORMA
                                               1992      1993(1)     1994       1994(2)      1994       1995      1995(2)
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenue..................................... $   8,123  $  13,080  $  18,773   $  26,897   $  14,789  $  14,631  $  20,841
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and wages.....................     3,101      5,898      8,866      12,214       6,552      7,234     10,076
     General and administrative.............     2,021      4,291      6,723       9,349       5,121      5,020      6,748
     Depreciation and amortization..........     1,781      2,566      3,349       4,124       2,522      2,549      3,119
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
          Total operating expenses..........     6,903     12,755     18,938      25,687      14,196     14,802     19,943
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) from operations...............     1,221        325       (165)      1,210         593       (171)       898
Net income (loss)........................... $      16  $    (672) $  (1,067)              $    (363) $    (942)
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------               ---------  ---------
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------               ---------  ---------
Net (loss) per share........................ $   (0.08) $   (0.40) $   (0.58)              $   (0.24) $   (0.51)
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------               ---------  ---------
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------               ---------  ---------
Weighted average shares outstanding(3)...... 2,240,000  2,240,000  2,240,000               2,240,000  2,240,000
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------               ---------  ---------
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------               ---------  ---------
Pro forma net income........................                                   $     326                         $      53
                                                                              -----------                        ---------
                                                                              -----------                        ---------
Pro forma net income per share..............                                   $     .06                         $     .01
 
Pro forma weighted average shares
  outstanding(3)............................                                   5,240,000                         5,240,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                                                                 -----------------------
                                                                                                 ACTUAL     PRO FORMA(2)
                                                                                                 -------    ------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficiency)..................................................................   $(1,351)     $  4,384
Total assets..................................................................................    21,618        38,316
Long-term liabilities, net of current portion.................................................    15,463         6,749
Redeemable preferred stock....................................................................     2,382        --
Stockholders' equity (deficiency).............................................................    (3,429)       23,671
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) The results for  the year  ended December 31,  1993 include  the results  of
    Spring  Anesthesia Group, Inc. from the date of acquisition, August 1, 1993,
    through December 31, 1993.
    
 
(2) The pro forma  data gives  effect to: (a)  the acquisition  of the  Acquired
    Businesses  (NCHC Group, MM Support and DPS)  and (b) the sale of the shares
    of Common  Stock offered  hereby and  the application  of the  net  proceeds
    thereof  as described in  'Use of Proceeds'  as if each  had occurred at the
    beginning of the periods presented.  In addition, the pro forma  information
    is  based on available information  and certain assumptions and adjustments.
    See Notes 1 and 2 to the Pro Forma Financial Information.
 
   
(3) Weighted average shares  outstanding includes  2,240,000 shares  outstanding
    prior  to the Offering  after adjustment to  reflect the 1,400-for-one stock
    split which will occur prior to completion of the Offering. In addition, pro
    forma weighted average  shares outstanding includes  3,000,000 shares  being
    sold  in connection with  the Offering. Weighted  average shares outstanding
    and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding do not include any  shares
    reserved for future issuance under the Company's proposed stock option plan.
    
 
                                       5



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     The  following risk factors  should be considered  carefully in addition to
the other information in this Prospectus before purchasing the shares of  Common
Stock offered hereby.
 
   
     Absence  of  Combined  Operating  History  and  Future  Combined  Operating
Results. Simultaneously with the  completion of the  Offering, the Company  will
purchase  the Acquired Businesses. Although each  of the Acquired Businesses and
the Company have been in business for some time, there can be no assurance  that
the Company will be able to successfully integrate the businesses, operations or
assets of the Acquired Businesses or of any other businesses it may subsequently
acquire.  See  'Business  --  Acquired  Businesses.'  Furthermore,  although the
Company does  not anticipate  incurring significant  additional operating  costs
associated  with the  Acquired Businesses, there  can be no  assurance that such
costs will not be incurred or  that the Acquisitions, or any other  acquisition,
will   not  have  an  adverse  effect  upon  the  Company's  operating  results,
particularly in the  fiscal quarters immediately  following the consummation  of
the  acquisitions, while  the operations  of the  acquired businesses  are being
integrated into  the  Company's operations.  There  can be  no  assurance  that,
following  any acquisition,  the Company  will be  able to  operate the acquired
business on a profitable basis or that  the Company will be able to recover  the
excess of the purchase price of the businesses acquired over their tangible book
value.
    
 
   
     History  of  Net  Losses  and  Working  Capital  Deficit.  The  Company has
experienced a net loss for  each of its fiscal years  since 1993 due largely  to
the   amortization  of   goodwill  and   noncompete  payments   attributable  to
acquisitions. As the  Company pursues  its acquisition  strategy (including  the
Acquisitions)  and continues to amortize  expenses associated with acquisitions,
there can be  no assurance that  it will have  net income. As  of September  30,
1995,  the Company had a  working capital deficit of  $1.4 million. Although the
Company had working capital of approximately $4.4 million on a pro forma  basis,
after  giving effect to the Offering and  the application of the net proceeds as
set forth in 'Use of Proceeds,' there can be no assurance that the Company  will
have  sufficient working capital to meet  its liquidity needs. See 'Management's
Discussion   and   Analysis    of   Financial   Condition    and   Results    of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources.'
    
 
     Governmental   Regulation;   Billing   Practices.   Existing   governmental
regulation can adversely affect PSS's business through, among other things,  its
potential  to reduce the  amount of reimbursement received  by PSS's clients for
health care services. Substantially all of the Company's revenue is derived from
management fees that are  based upon a percentage  of net collections of  health
care  receivables. During  the past decade,  federal and  state governments have
implemented legislation designed  to stimulate  a reduction in  the increase  in
health  care costs and it is  anticipated that such legislative initiatives will
continue.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  current  or  future   government
regulations will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business.
 
   
     PSS  may also be subject to applicable federal and state billing and credit
collection agency  laws and  regulations.  In general,  these laws  provide  for
various   fines,  penalties,  damages  and  other  assessments  for  violations,
including possible exclusion from Medicare,  Medicaid and certain other  federal
and  state  health  care  programs.  A majority  of  the  Company's  clients are
reimbursed by private insurers  as well as federal  and state medical  insurance
providers.  Since the beginning  of 1995, governmental  agencies have instituted
investigations of, and actions against,  at least two industry participants  for
improper  billing  practices. Although  the  Company believes  that  its billing
practices, and the billing practices of the Acquired Businesses, are in material
compliance with applicable  laws and  government regulations,  given the  highly
technical  nature  of this  area, there  can be  no assurance  that a  change in
government regulations, industry practice or an increased focus by  governmental
agencies  on billing practices would  not have a material  adverse effect on the
industry and the Company.
    
 
     Health Care  Reform. Health  care system  reform and  concerns over  rising
Medicare  and Medicaid costs continue to be  high priorities for the federal and
certain state governments.  Although no comprehensive  health care, Medicare  or
Medicaid reform legislation has yet been implemented, pressures to contain costs
and  the  active discussion  and issues  raised  by the  Clinton Administration,
Congress and various other groups have impacted the health care delivery system.
In October 1995,  both the  U.S. House of  Representatives and  the U.S.  Senate
approved  bills that  would reshape  the Medicare  and Medicaid  programs. These
complex bills as currently passed propose significant reductions in the  overall
rate  of  Medicare  and Medicaid  spending  growth. There  is  active discussion
concerning these bills, and  the form of any  final legislation signed into  law
could differ significantly from
 
                                       6
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
the  current bills. The impact of  currently proposed legislation on the Company
is not readily determinable.  However, in their  current form, such  legislation
and  proposals,  such  as reducing  the  amount reimbursable  under  Medicare or
Medicaid or imposing other price controls  on physicians, could have a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company,  since its  revenues are  based generally  on a
percentage of its Physicians' net collections.
    
 
   
     Acquisitions; Need for Capital.  The Company's expansion strategy  involves
both  acquisitions and internal growth. There  can be no assurance that suitable
acquisition candidates will be found,  that acquisitions will be consummated  on
favorable  terms or that  any such acquisitions  will be successfully integrated
into the  Company's  operations. In  addition,  although the  Company  typically
enters  into  noncompete agreements  with the  sellers  and other  principals of
businesses being acquired by  the Company, there can  be no assurance that  such
agreements  will be honored by  those sellers and principals  or be effective in
preventing competition by those sellers  and principals. The Company intends  to
finance  future  acquisitions  by  using cash  and  debt  or  equity securities,
including shares of its Common Stock.  The Company will need additional debt  or
equity  financing  to  implement  its  acquisition  strategy.  There  can  be no
assurance that the Company will be able to obtain financing for such purposes on
terms acceptable to the  Company. See 'Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources' and 'Business -- Acquisitions.'
    
 
     Certain Industry and Market Changes.  Certain market changes are  occurring
in  the health care market that may continue regardless of whether comprehensive
federal or state health care reform  legislation is adopted and implemented  and
that could adversely affect the accounts receivable management services provided
by  PSS.  These market  reforms include  certain  employer initiatives,  such as
creating purchasing cooperatives  and contracting for  health care services  for
employees   through  managed   care  companies   (including  health  maintenance
organizations), certain provider initiatives, such as risk-sharing among  health
care  providers  and  managed  care companies  through  capitated  contracts and
integration of hospitals and physicians into comprehensive delivery systems, and
certain payor initiatives, such as  new alliances between health care  providers
and  third party payors in which the  health care providers are employed by such
third party  payors.  These  changes  may  result  in  fixed  fee  schedules  or
capitation  payment  arrangements lower  than  standard charges.  Some  of these
changes may affect the viability  of certain billing and collection  operations.
Because the Company derives its revenue largely based on the fees charged by its
Physician  clients, reductions in  payments to Physicians  could have an adverse
affect on the Company's operations.
 
     Competition. The physician business management services business is  highly
competitive.  PSS competes with national,  regional and local physician business
management services organizations and Physicians that provide their own practice
management services. At least one of the Company's competitors has substantially
greater resources than PSS.
 
   
     Clients of Acquired Businesses. In many cases, the Acquired Businesses have
long-established relationships with  their clients, which  are based largely  on
personalized  service and the clients' identification with the individual owners
of each Acquired Business. Although the Company intends to retain the management
of the  Acquired Businesses,  and  contracts exist  in  many cases  between  the
Acquired  Businesses and  these clients,  there can  be no  assurance that these
clients will remain customers of the Acquired Businesses after the Acquisitions,
that the clients will renew the contracts upon expiration of their term or  that
the  Company  will  be able  to  continue  the relationships  formed  with these
clients. A significant loss in clients  of the Acquired Businesses would  reduce
the Company's future revenues and could be materially adverse to the Company.
    
 
     Dependence  on Senior  Management. The  Company's success  depends upon the
continued  contributions   of   its   senior   management.   PSS   enters   into
confidentiality,   noncompete  and  non-solicitation  agreements  with  its  key
employees. In general, these agreements contain certain covenants on the part of
the key employees concerning confidential and proprietary information of PSS and
preclude the key  employees from  soliciting customers  or employees  of PSS  or
competing  with PSS during a period,  typically two years, following termination
of employment. The Company  maintains 'key man' life  insurance policies on  the
lives  of two of its executive officers. These policies provide benefits of $1.0
million upon the deaths of any insured executive officer and name the Company as
sole beneficiary.  Nevertheless,  the  loss  of  services  of  either  of  these
officers,  or other employees of PSS, could  have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's business.
 
                                       7
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Shares Eligible for  Future Sale. The  3,000,000 shares being  sold in  the
Offering  (without giving effect  to any exercise  of the over-allotment option)
will be  freely tradeable  unless acquired  by affiliates  of the  Company.  The
market  price of  the Common Stock  could be  adversely affected by  the sale of
substantial amounts of  the Common  Stock in  the public  market following  this
Offering.  Holders of approximately  42.1% of the  shares of Common  Stock to be
outstanding immediately following completion of  this Offering (or 38.8% if  the
over-allotment option is exercised in full) have agreed with the Company and the
Underwriters not to sell or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Common Stock
or  securities convertible into or exercisable for  shares of Common Stock for a
period of 180 days after the date  of this Prospectus without the prior  written
consent  of  the Representative  of the  Underwriters.  Upon expiration  of this
period, all  such shares  may  be sold  subject to  the  limitations of  and  in
accordance  with  Rule 144  under the  Securities Act.  In addition,  holders of
approximately 42.7% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding  immediately
following  completion of the Offering (or  39.4% if the over-allotment option is
exercised in  full) have  the right  to include  their shares  in certain  other
registrations  of  the  Company's  capital stock.  See  'Description  of Capital
Stock -- Registration Rights.' The Company expects that it will issue shares  of
Common Stock in connection with future acquisitions. Additional shares of Common
Stock,  including shares  issuable upon  exercise of  options, will  also become
eligible for sale in the public market from time to time in the future.
 
   
     Control  by  Existing  Stockholders;  Benefits  of  Offering  to   Existing
Stockholders.  Following this  Offering, the  Company's directors,  officers and
principal stockholders, and certain of  their affiliates, will beneficially  own
approximately  41.6% of the outstanding shares of  Common Stock (or 38.3% if the
over-allotment option is exercised in full), not including shares issuable  upon
the  exercise of options. As a result of such ownership, these stockholders will
be able to control the election of all directors and other actions submitted  to
a  vote  of the  Company's  stockholders. The  completion  of the  Offering will
benefit the current  stockholders of  the Company, including  its directors  and
executive  officers, by,  among other things,  creating a public  market for the
Company's  Common  Stock  and  thereby  increasing  the  market  value  of  such
stockholders   investment  in   the  Company.  See   'Dilution'  and  'Principal
Stockholders.' In addition, the  current stockholders of  the Company will  have
their pledges of capital stock in the Company released upon repayment of certain
indebtedness  with a portion of  the net proceeds of  the Offering. See 'Certain
Transactions.'
    
 
     Effect of  Anti-takeover Provisions.  Certain provisions  of the  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation (the 'Certificate of Incorporation') and the Bylaws
could  have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire,
or of discouraging  a third  party from attempting  to acquire,  control of  the
Company.  Such provisions could limit the  price that certain investors might be
willing to pay in the  future for shares of the  Common Stock. Certain of  these
provisions  allow the  Company to  issue preferred  stock with  rights senior to
those  of  the  Common  Stock  without  any  further  vote  or  action  by   the
stockholders.  These  provisions  could  also have  the  effect  of  delaying or
preventing a change in control of  the Company. The issuance of preferred  stock
could  decrease the amount of earnings  and assets available for distribution to
the holders of  Common Stock or  could adversely affect  the rights and  powers,
including  voting  rights,  of  the  holders of  the  Common  Stock.  In certain
circumstances, such  issuance could  have the  effect of  decreasing the  market
price  of the Common Stock. The Company has  no current plans to issue shares of
preferred stock. In addition,  Section 203 of  the Delaware General  Corporation
Law restricts certain business combinations with any 'interested stockholder' as
defined  by such statute. The statute may have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change  in control of the  Company. See 'Description of  Capital
Stock.'
 
     Pursuant  to  the  Company's  proposed  1996  Stock  Option  Plan,  options
outstanding  thereunder  become  immediately  exercisable  upon  a  'change   in
control,'  including certain mergers or reorganizations,  of PSS. These terms of
the Stock  Option Plan  could adversely  affect the  likelihood of  a change  in
control of the Company. See 'Management -- Stock Option Plan.'
 
     No  Prior  Market;  Possible  Volatility  of  Stock  Price.  Prior  to this
Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock and there can  be
no  assurance that an active public market  for the Common Stock will develop or
continue after this Offering or that the  market price of the Common Stock  will
not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering
price of the Common Stock was determined by negotiations between the Company and
the  Representative of the Underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market
price for the Common Stock after this Offering.
 
                                       8
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
See 'Underwriting'  for factors  to  be considered  in determining  the  initial
public  offering price.  From time  to time  after this  Offering, there  may be
significant volatility  in  the market  price  of the  Common  Stock.  Quarterly
operating  results of the Company, changes  in general conditions in the economy
or the health care industry, or other developments affecting the Company or  its
competitors,  could  cause the  market price  of the  Common Stock  to fluctuate
substantially. The  equity markets  have, on  occasion, experienced  significant
price  and volume  fluctuations that  have affected  the market  prices for many
companies' securities  and  that have  often  been unrelated  to  the  operating
performance  of these companies.  Concern about the  potential effects of health
care reform  measures has  contributed  to the  volatility  of stock  prices  of
companies  in health  care and related  industries and may  similarly affect the
price of the Common  Stock following this Offering.  Any such fluctuations  that
occur  following completion  of this  Offering may  adversely affect  the market
price of the Common Stock.
 
     Immediate and Substantial Dilution. The purchasers of the shares of  Common
Stock  offered  by this  Prospectus  will experience  immediate  and substantial
dilution in the net  tangible book value  of their shares  of Common Stock.  See
'Dilution.'  In the event that the Company issues additional Common Stock in the
future,  including  shares  that  may  be  issued  in  connection  with   future
acquisitions, purchasers of Common Stock in this Offering may experience further
dilution in the net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock.
 
     Dividend  Policy. For the foreseeable future, it is expected that earnings,
if any, which may be generated from PSS's operations will be used to finance the
growth of PSS, and  that cash dividends  will not be paid  to holders of  Common
Stock.  See 'Dividend Policy.' The Company's existing loan agreement, which will
be terminated upon completion of  the Offering, restricts the Company's  ability
to  pay dividends. In addition,  under the terms of  the Company's 10% Preferred
Stock, Series A  and Series B,  which will  be redeemed upon  completion of  the
Offering, the Company is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividend on the
Common  Stock as long as any shares of such preferred stock are outstanding. The
Company currently is engaged in  negotiations with certain banks, including  its
existing  bank lender, to  provide a line of  credit primarily for acquisitions.
Although there can be no assurance that such an agreement will be entered  into,
the Company anticipates that any such agreement will restrict its ability to pay
dividends.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     PSS  was formed in 1991 as the successor to a business founded in 1983. The
Company's principal executive offices are  located at Route 230 and  Eby-Chiques
Road, Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania 17552 and its telephone number is (717) 653-5340.
 
                                       9
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered by this Prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
expenses  payable by the Company in connection with this Offering, are estimated
to be approximately $27,100,000 ($31,285,000 if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00
per share.
 
   
     Simultaneously with, and as a condition to, the Offering, the Company  will
purchase  the Acquired Businesses for  an aggregate consideration of $11,500,000
in cash.  Of that  amount, $9,500,000  is  payable upon  the completion  of  the
Acquisitions. The Company intends to apply $9,500,000 of the net proceeds of the
Offering  to  pay the  initial amount  of  the purchase  price for  the Acquired
Businesses and  apply an  aggregate of  $2,000,000 of  the net  proceeds of  the
Offering  (which,  pending its  use,  will be  held  with the  Company's general
corporate funds) to payments  due in connection with  the acquisition of one  of
the Acquired Businesses during the first 12 months following consummation of the
Offering. An additional $150,000 may be payable on the second anniversary of the
Acquisitions  in connection with the purchase of one of the Acquired Businesses,
subject to the retention of clients.  For a further description of the  Acquired
Businesses and the consideration being given for them, see 'Business -- Acquired
Businesses.'
    
 
     Approximately $11,100,000 of the net proceeds will be used to retire short-
and  long-term debt  outstanding of PSS.  Such debt currently  bears interest at
rates ranging from 6.64% to 13%, with a weighted average rate of 9.03% per annum
and otherwise would mature between August 31, 1997 and August 31, 1998.
 
     Approximately $2,932,000 of  the net proceeds  will be used  to redeem  the
Company's 10% Preferred Stock, Series A and Series B.
 
   
     The  remaining net proceeds of $1,568,000  will be used for working capital
and other  general corporate  purposes,  which are  expected to  include  future
acquisitions. In addition, the Company currently is engaged in negotiations with
certain  banks, including its existing bank lender,  to provide a line of credit
to be used primarily for acquisitions. The Company has received two proposals to
provide it with  a line  of credit  of up to  $12.0 million  and $15.0  million,
respectively.  The Company intends  to evaluate these  proposals. However, there
can be no assurance  that such a line  of credit will be  made available to  the
Company  or made available on favorable terms. Although PSS currently is engaged
in discussions with several acquisition  candidates, no acquisition, other  than
the  Acquisitions, currently  is pending and  no letter of  intent, agreement or
other understanding  exists  regarding any  other  acquisition. Other  than  the
Acquisitions,  no portion of  the proceeds of this  Offering have been allocated
for any acquisition. Pending  such uses, the Company  intends to invest the  net
proceeds  of  this Offering  in short-term,  interest bearing,  investment grade
securities.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
     For the foreseeable future, it is expected that earnings, if any, which may
be generated from the Company's operations will be used to finance the growth of
PSS, and that cash dividends  will not be paid to  holders of Common Stock.  The
Company's  existing loan agreement (which will  be terminated upon completion of
the Offering)  also  restricts  the  Company's  ability  to  pay  dividends.  In
addition,  under the terms  of the Company's  10% Preferred Stock,  Series A and
Series B (which will be redeemed  upon completion of the Offering), the  Company
is  prohibited from declaring or paying any dividend on the Common Stock as long
as any shares of such preferred stock are outstanding. Any future  determination
to  pay cash dividends on Common Stock will be at the discretion of the Board of
Directors and will be dependent upon the Company's financial condition,  results
of  operations,  capital requirements  and such  other factors  as the  Board of
Directors deems relevant. The Company currently is engaged in negotiations  with
certain  banks, including its existing bank lender,  to provide a line of credit
primarily for  acquisitions. See  'Business --  Acquisitions.' The  Company  has
received  two proposals  to provide  it with  a line  of credit  of up  to $12.0
million and $15.0 million, respectively.  The Company intends to evaluate  these
proposals.  Although there can  be no assurance  that such an  agreement will be
entered into, the Company anticipates that any such agreement will restrict  its
ability to pay dividends.
    
 
                                       10
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The  following  table  sets  forth the  capitalization  of  the  Company at
September 30, 1995,  (i) on an  actual basis and  (ii) on a  pro forma basis  to
reflect  (A) the repayment of approximately $11,100,000  of debt of PSS, (B) the
redemption of approximately  $2,382,000 in  the Company's  10% Preferred  Stock,
Series  A and Series B (which excludes  the redemption of an additional $550,000
in the Company's Preferred Stock, Series  A, that was issued in December  1995),
and  (C) the  sale by  the Company of  3,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock in the
Offering (at an assumed initial public  offering price of $10.00 per share)  and
the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                                      ACTUAL          PRO FORMA
                                                                                      -------         ---------
                                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>             <C>
Current portion of long-term debt.............................................        $ 1,995          $ --
 
NCHC Deferred Purchase Payment -- Current(1)..................................          --               1,912
 
Bank debt.....................................................................          3,894            --
Subordinated notes............................................................         10,331            5,500
                                                                                      -------         ---------
  Total long-term debt(2).....................................................         14,225            5,500
 
Redeemable Preferred Stock:
10% Preferred Stock, Series A, $.01 par value, 4,700 shares authorized and
  2,382.032 shares outstanding prior to Offering(3)...........................          1,191            --
 
10% Preferred Stock, Series B, $.01 par value, 3,200 shares authorized and
  2,382.032 shares outstanding prior to Offering..............................          1,191            --
 
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized after Offering
  and no shares outstanding...................................................          --               --
 
Common Stock, $.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,240,000 shares
  outstanding, 5,240,000 shares outstanding Pro Forma(4)......................              2                5
 
Additional paid-in capital....................................................            126           27,223
 
Retained earnings/(Deficit)...................................................         (3,557)          (3,557)
                                                                                      -------         ---------
 
Total stockholders' equity....................................................         (3,429)          23,671
                                                                                      -------         ---------
 
Total capitalization..........................................................        $15,173          $31,083
                                                                                      -------         ---------
                                                                                      -------         ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
(1) Represents  the balance of the purchase price for the NCHC Group, payable in
    12 monthly installments after consummation of the Offering. See note 2(h) on
    Page F-40.
    
(2) Following completion  of the  Offering, the  Company's long-term  debt  will
    consist of a 7.1% subordinated note due 2003.
(3) Excludes  1,100 shares of 10% Preferred  Stock, Series A, issued in December
    1995 to Hillside Capital  Incorporated, a record holder  of more than 5%  of
    the  Common Stock,  in consideration for  an aggregate of  $550,000 in cash.
    Such shares will be  redeemed for approximately $550,000  with a portion  of
    the net proceeds of the Offering.
(4) Excludes  853,500 shares of Common Stock  reserved for future issuance under
    the Company's proposed stock option plan. It is anticipated that options  to
    purchase  up  to  85,350  shares  of Common  Stock  will  be  granted  as of
    completion of the Offering. See 'Management -- Stock Option Plan.'
 
                                       11
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     The net tangible  book value of  the Company  at September 30,  1995 was  a
deficiency of approximately $(15,917,286), or $(7.11) per share of Common Stock.
Net  tangible book value  per share represents  the amount of  the Company's net
tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at that date. After giving effect to the sale of the 3,000,000
shares of Common  Stock offered  hereby at  an assumed  initial public  offering
price  of  $10.00  per share,  and  after deducting  underwriting  discounts and
commissions  and  estimated  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company,  the
Company's  pro forma net  tangible book value  at September 30,  1995 would have
been $1,306,714 or $0.25 per share. This represents an immediate increase in the
net tangible  book value  of $7.36  per share  to existing  stockholders and  an
immediate dilution of $9.75 per share to new investors purchasing shares in this
Offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Assumed initial public offering price per share............                $10.00
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Net tangible book deficiency per share at September 30,
  1995.....................................................   $(7.11)
                                                              ------
Increase per share attributable to new investors...........   $ 7.36
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
  Offering.................................................                  0.25
                                                                           ------
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new
  investors................................................                $ 9.75
                                                                           ------
                                                                           ------
</TABLE>
    
 
     The  following table summarizes, on  a pro forma basis  as of September 30,
1995, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid  and  the  average  price per  share  paid  by  the  existing
stockholders  and by  the new  investors at  an assumed  initial public offering
price of $10.00 per share:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        SHARES PURCHASED           TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                     ----------------------      ------------------------      AVERAGE PRICE
                      NUMBER        PERCENT        AMOUNT         PERCENT        PER SHARE
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------      -------------
<S>                  <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Existing
  Stockholders...    2,240,000        42.7%      $   128,000         0.4%         $  0.06
 
New Investors....    3,000,000        57.3        30,000,000        99.6            10.00
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------
 
Total............    5,240,000       100.0%      $30,128,000       100.0%
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------
</TABLE>
 
                                       12



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND PRO FORMA DATA
 
   
     The  Company commenced operations in  August 1991. Financial statements for
the Company's predecessor are  not available for periods  or as of dates  before
August  1991. The Selected Financial Data for each of the periods and as of each
period end  in the  three-year period  ended December  31, 1994  and  nine-month
period  ended  September  30,  1995  have  been  derived  from  the consolidated
financial  statements  of  the  Company  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche   LLP,
independent  auditors, which appear  elsewhere in this  Prospectus. The Selected
Financial Data for the  nine months ended September  30, 1994 have been  derived
from  unaudited financial statements  of the Company  included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The Selected  Financial Data  for the four  months ended  and as  of
December  31, 1991 have been derived  from unaudited financial statements of the
Company not included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus. These unaudited  statements
have  been  prepared on  the same  basis as  the audited  consolidated financial
statements  and,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  contain  all   adjustments,
consisting  only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial position and results  of operations for the periods  presented.
Operating  results  for  the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1995  are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.
    
 
     The selected unaudited  pro forma  financial data  give effect  to (i)  the
acquisitions  by the Company of the Acquired Businesses (North Coast Health Care
Management, Inc., North Coast Account Systems, Inc. and Medical Dental Invoicing
Services, Inc.  (collectively, the  'NCHC Group'),  Medical Management  Support,
Inc.  ('MM Support') and  Data Processing Systems,  Inc. ('DPS')) effective upon
the completion of this Offering and (ii) the sale of 3,000,000 shares of  Common
Stock  offered by  the Company  at an assumed  initial public  offering price of
$10.00 per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom  as
described  under  'Use of  Proceeds'.  The acquisitions  of  the NCHC  Group, MM
Support and DPS  will be  accounted for as  purchases. The  unaudited pro  forma
financial information is derived from the historical financial statements of the
Company,  the NCHC Group, MM  Support and DPS and  estimates and assumptions set
forth in  the  unaudited  Pro  Forma Financial  Information  and  notes  thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
     The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to the acquisitions
by the Company of the NCHC Group, MM Support and DPS as if such acquisitions had
occurred  on September 30,  1995. Such pro  forma balance sheet  data is derived
from the audited consolidated balance sheet data of the Company as of  September
30,  1995, included elsewhere in this Prospectus, as well as the audited balance
sheets of the  NCHC Group  and MM  Support as  of September  30, 1995,  included
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus, and  the unaudited  balance sheet  of DPS  as of
September 30, 1995.
 
     The unaudited pro forma income  statement data present unaudited pro  forma
results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 and nine months ended
September  30, 1995.  For purposes of  the unaudited pro  forma income statement
data, the acquisitions by the Company of the Acquired Businesses are included as
if such acquisitions had  occurred on January 1,  1994. The unaudited pro  forma
income  statement data for the year ended  December 31, 1994 is derived from the
audited consolidated statement of operations of  the Company for the year  ended
December  31, 1994 and the audited statements of operations of NCHC Group and MM
Support for  the  year  ended  December 31,  1994  included  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus,  as well as  the unaudited statements  of operations of  DPS for the
year ended December 31, 1994. The unaudited pro forma income statement data  for
the   nine  months  ended  September  30,  1995  is  derived  from  the  audited
consolidated income statement  data of  the Company  for the  nine months  ended
September 30, 1995 and the audited statements of operations of NCHC Group and MM
Support  for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 included elsewhere in this
Prospectus and the unaudited statement of operations of DPS for the nine  months
ended September 30, 1995.
 
     Pro  forma  adjustments  are based  upon  preliminary  estimates, available
information and  certain  assumptions  that management  deems  appropriate.  The
unaudited  pro  forma  financial  data  presented  herein  are  not  necessarily
indicative of  the results  the  Company would  have  obtained had  such  events
occurred at the beginning of the period, as assumed, or of the future results of
the  Company. The selected unaudited pro forma  financial data should be read in
conjunction with  the  other financial  statements  and notes  thereto  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       13
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND PRO FORMA DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                      FOUR MONTHS                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                         ENDED       -----------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                      DECEMBER 31,                                        PRO FORMA                            PRO FORMA
                          1991         1992       1993(1)      1994        1994(2)       1994        1995       1995(2)
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                   <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Income statement
  data:
Revenue.............     $2,474      $   8,123   $  13,080   $  18,773     $26,897     $  14,789   $  14,631    $20,841
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and
       wages........        909          3,101       5,898       8,866      12,214         6,552       7,234     10,076
     General and
   administrative...        597          2,021       4,291       6,723       9,349         5,121       5,020      6,748
     Depreciation
       and
     amortization...        562          1,781       2,566       3,349       4,124         2,522       2,549      3,119
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
          Total
           operating
          expenses..      2,068          6,903      12,755      18,938      25,687        14,196      14,802     19,943
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Income (loss) from
  operations........        406          1,221         325        (165)      1,210           593        (171)       898
Other expenses:
     Interest
       expense......        370          1,043       1,262       1,526         590         1,149       1,059        437
     Other, net.....     --                (10)         38         186         176           189          (3)        34
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
          Total
            other
         expenses...        370          1,033       1,300       1,712         766         1,338       1,056        471
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit).........         36            187        (975)     (1,877)        444          (745)     (1,227)       427
Income taxes
  (benefit).........         40            171        (303)       (810)        118          (382)       (286)       374
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Net income (loss)...     $   (4)     $      16   $    (672)  $  (1,067)                $    (363)  $    (942)
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------                 ---------   ---------
                      ------------   ---------   ---------   ---------                 ---------   ---------
Net (loss) per
  share.............                 $   (0.08)  $   (0.40)  $   (0.58)                $   (0.24)  $   (0.51)
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------                 ---------   ---------
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------                 ---------   ---------
Weighted average
  shares
  outstanding(3)....                 2,240,000   2,240,000   2,240,000                 2,240,000   2,240,000
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------                 ---------   ---------
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------                 ---------   ---------
Pro forma net income
  (loss)............                                                       $  $326                              $    53
                                                                         -----------                           ---------
                                                                         -----------                           ---------
Pro forma net income
  (loss) per
  share.............                                                       $   .06                              $   .01
                                                                         -----------                           ---------
                                                                         -----------                           ---------
Pro forma weighted
  average shares
  outstanding(3)....                                                     5,240,000                             5,240,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       DECEMBER 31,                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                       --------------------------------------------    ---------------------------
                          1991         1992       1993       1994        ACTUAL       PRO FORMA(2)
                       -----------    -------    -------    -------    -----------    ------------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                    <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Balance sheet data:
     Working capital
     (deficiency)...     $   484      $   362    $   305    $  (218)     $(1,351)       $  4,384
     Property and
       equipment,
       net..........       2,134        1,952      3,512      2,983        2,578           2,965
     Total assets...      13,688       13,951     25,768     22,733       21,618          38,316
     Long-term
       liabilities,
       net of
       current
       portion......       9,125        9,001     19,394     17,143       15,463           6,749
     Redeemable
       preferred
       stock........       2,000        2,000      2,000      2,120        2,382          --
     Stockholders'
       equity
     (deficiency)...         124          (60)      (932)    (2,226)      (3,429)         23,671
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) The  results for  the year  ended December 31,  1993 include  the results of
    Spring Anesthesia  Group  from the  date  of acquisition,  August  1,  1993,
    through December 31, 1993.
 
(2) The  pro forma data gives  effect to: (a) the  acquisition of NCHC Group, MM
    Support and DPS  and (b)  the sale  of the  shares of  Common Stock  offered
    hereby  and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described in 'Use
    of Proceeds'  as  if each  had  occurred at  the  beginning of  the  periods
    presented.  In addition,  the pro  forma information  is based  on available
    information and certain assumptions  and adjustments. See Notes  1 and 2  to
    the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
 
   
(3) Weighted  average shares  outstanding includes  2,240,000 shares outstanding
    prior to the Offering  after adjustment to  reflect the 1,400-for-one  stock
    split which will occur prior to completion of the Offering. In addition, pro
    forma  weighted average  shares outstanding includes  3,000,000 shares being
    sold in connection  with the Offering.  Weighted average shares  outstanding
    and  pro forma weighted average shares outstanding do not include any shares
    reserved for future issuance under the Company's proposed stock option plan.
    
 
                                       14
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following  discussion  of  the  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition  of  the Company  should  be read  in  conjunction with  the Company's
unaudited pro forma financial information  and the audited financial  statements
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     The  Company  is  a leading  provider  of business  management  services to
hospital-affiliated physicians. The Company  was incorporated in April 1991  for
the  purpose of acquiring substantially all of  the assets of a business founded
in 1983. In August  1993, the Company purchased  the stock of Spring  Anesthesia
Group, Inc. ('Spring'), a provider of business management services to physicians
primarily in California and Arizona. The Company generally is compensated with a
management  fee based  upon a  percentage of  its clients'  net collections. The
Company's management fee typically  ranges from 3%  to 15% and  is based upon  a
number of factors, including the type of physician specialty involved, the range
of  services to be provided by the Company, an analysis of the collectability of
a client's accounts receivable  portfolio and an estimate  of the costs of  such
collection. The Company estimates that its average management fee (on a weighted
average basis) charged in 1994 for business management
services  was approximately 7.3%  of its clients'  net collections. In providing
its clients with  accounts receivable management  services, the Company  manages
the  billing process  for its  clients, including  preparation and  follow-up on
bills from  Physicians for  medical  services provided  by Physicians  to  their
patients.
    
 
   
     The  Company has entered into agreements to acquire the Acquired Businesses
simultaneously with  the completion  of the  Offering. The  pro forma  financial
statements  give effect to (i)  the Acquisitions by the  Company of the Acquired
Businesses, (ii) the sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby and (iii) the
application of the proceeds therefrom as described under 'Use of Proceeds.'  Pro
forma  results for the  year ended December  31, 1994 and  the nine months ended
September 30, 1995  assume the  Acquisitions occurred  on January  1, 1994.  The
Acquired  Businesses  are  engaged in  providing  physician  business management
services to Physicians  in a variety  of specialities, including  anesthesiology
and emergency room medicine. See 'Business -- Acquired Businesses.' The Acquired
Businesses  had net income for the year ended December 31, 1994 and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1995 of  $973,000 and $626,000, respectively, in  the
aggregate. As of September 30, 1995, working capital for the Acquired Businesses
was $1.1 million in the aggregate.
    
 
     To date, the Company's consolidated financial statements have accounted for
acquisitions  on a purchase basis and, accordingly, do not reflect the operating
results of  the  businesses  that were  acquired  prior  to the  date  of  their
acquisition by the Company. The purchase of the Acquired Businesses also will be
accounted for on this basis. This accounting treatment results in goodwill being
recorded  by  the  Company  at  the  time  of  each  transaction  reflecting the
difference between the market value of  the assets acquired and the price  paid,
which  is amortized  over 20  years. A  significant portion  of the amortization
unrelated to goodwill, but associated with the purchase accounting in connection
with the Company's  acquisition in 1991,  will be fully  amortized as of  August
1996. In connection with the acquisition of the Acquired Businesses, the Company
will record a significant amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, which
will be amortized over future periods.
 
     As  a result  of the  purchase of Spring  in 1993,  the Company's operating
margins were reduced due primarily to Spring's lower margins as compared to PSS.
Furthermore,  with  the  acquisition  of  Spring,  the  Company  established   a
$2,000,000  reserve  for the  relocation, consolidation  and improvement  of the
Spring operations. Such reserve  was an estimate of  the costs of  consolidating
operations  of the Spring billing offices into  one new location in a lower cost
area and  modifying  the operating  approach  to  include elements  of  the  PSS
methodology.  In addition,  the Company's operating  income margins  in 1994 and
1995 were  negatively affected  by the  reorganization of  Spring due  to  costs
incurred  by the Company  not included in the  operating improvement reserve. As
part of that  reorganization, the  Company closed 11  offices, maintained  three
offices  and  opened a  new centralized  office  in Stockton,  California, which
became Spring's headquarters.  Operating income  margins in 1994  and 1995  also
reflect certain operational and sales and marketing initiatives launched in 1994
and 1995, which adversely affected
 
                                       15
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
total  Company operating income margins. In  addition, the Company believes that
the uncertainty in the marketplace as  a result of the Clinton  Administration's
1993  health care reform discussions influenced  a number of physician groups to
postpone making decisions regarding their business management services in  1993,
which continued into 1994.
 
   
     The  Company intends to expand its  business through internal growth and by
acquiring other  companies engaged  in providing  physician business  management
services.   The  Company  looks   for  acquisition  candidates   that  focus  on
high-quality  service  to  clients.  The  Company  also  evaluates   acquisition
opportunities  on  the basis  of  the acquisition  candidate's  management team,
geographic market  and  medical specialties  served,  as well  as  its  database
capabilities,  if any. The Company does not currently anticipate acquiring other
businesses  where  significant  consolidation  or  staff  reductions  would   be
required,  although acquisition candidates  must be evaluated  on a case-by-case
basis. Although there can be no assurance that it will not do so, Company is not
aware of significant additional  operating costs that  it will incur  associated
with the Acquired Businesses.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The  following table sets forth, for the periods presented, the percentages
of net  revenues  represented  by  certain  items  reflected  in  the  Company's
statement of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF NET REVENUES
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        30,
                                            -------------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                                          1994                            1995
                                            1992      1993      1994    PRO FORMA     1994      1995    PRO FORMA
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
 
   
<S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>           <C>       <C>     <C>
Net revenues............................    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%      100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
Salaries, general and administrative
  expenses..............................     63.0      77.9      83.0      80.2        78.9      83.7      80.7
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
Income before interest, taxes,
  depreciation and amortization.........     37.0      22.1      17.0      19.8        21.1      16.3      19.3
Depreciation and amortization...........     21.9      19.6      17.8      15.3        17.1      17.4      15.0
Interest expense, net...................     12.8       9.6       8.1       2.5         7.8       7.3       2.3
Other, net..............................     --         0.4       1.1       0.6         1.2      --         0.3
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  (benefit).............................      2.3      (7.5)    (10.0)      1.4        (5.0)     (8.4)      1.7
Income taxes, (benefit).................      2.1      (2.3)     (4.3)      0.4        (2.6)     (2.0)      1.6
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
Net income (loss).......................      0.2%     (5.1)%    (5.7)%     1.0%       (2.4)%    (6.4)%     0.1%
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
REVENUES
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
 
   
     The  Company's revenues  increased 61% from  $8,123,000 for  the year ended
December 31, 1992 to $13,080,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993.  Revenues
in  1994 increased 44% from 1993 to  $18,773,000 for the year ended December 31,
1994. The Company generally  is compensated with a  management fee based upon  a
percentage of its clients' net collections, which percentage is determined after
considering  a broad  range of factors,  including the medical  specialty of the
client and the  nature of the  services to be  provided. The Company's  revenues
increased  during 1993  and 1994 due  primarily to the  Company's acquisition of
Spring in August 1993. The rate of  growth in revenues slowed between the  years
ended  December 31, 1992 to  1993 and the years ended  December 31, 1993 to 1994
due in part to a general reduction  in the amount of the management fee  charged
by  the Company and  an increased emphasis  on the retention  of existing client
relationships rather than an allocation of resources to new client development.
    
 
                                       16
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995
 
   
     For the nine months  ended September 30,  1994, revenues were  $14,789,000.
Revenues  declined 1% from the first nine  months in 1994 to $14,631,000 for the
nine months ended September 30, 1995 as  a result of a general reduction in  the
average  management fee percentage charged by the Company. This reduction, which
was made, in  part, based on  an evaluation by  the Company of  its overall  fee
structure  and, in part, to further  strengthen client relationships, offset the
positive impact of new clients that began doing business with the Company during
the first nine months of 1995. The Company believes that its management fees are
competitive with other  service providers.  However, there can  be no  assurance
that lower fees will not be required to remain competitive.
    
 
PRO FORMA
 
   
     The  Company's actual revenues  of $18,773,000 for  the year ended December
31, 1994 increase 43% on a pro forma basis to $26,897,000 after giving effect to
the Acquisitions. The increase is due to the additional revenues of the Acquired
Business reflected in the pro forma results. Historical revenues of  $14,631,000
for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 also increase 42% to $20,841,000 on
a  pro  forma basis.  The increase  is due  to the  additional revenues  from an
increase in the volume of business  attributable to the Acquired Businesses  and
reflected in the pro forma results. In addition to providing accounts receivable
management  and other services similar to those provided by the Company, certain
Acquired Businesses provide  services not historically  offered by the  Company,
such  as  consulting  services to  MSOs,  in the  case  of the  NCHC  Group. The
provision of these additional services  provides the Company the opportunity  to
receive  revenue from new sources, although there  can be no assurance that such
services will be provided or provided on a cost-effective basis.
    
 
SALARIES AND WAGES; GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
 
     Salaries and wages consist  of all wages  and other employee  compensation.
Salaries and wages increased 90% from $3,101,000 for the year ended December 31,
1992  to $5,898,000  for the  year ended December  31, 1993.  Salaries and wages
increased 50% from  1993 to  $8,866,000 for the  year ended  December 31,  1994.
Salaries  and wages increased  during these periods  due to the  increase in the
Company's total personnel from the  Spring acquisition. These increases  further
reflect   increased  salary  expense  attributable  to  the  addition  of  staff
throughout  the  Company  and  an  increase  in  the  sales  force  and   client
representatives  at Spring. In addition,  the Company's salary expense increased
during these periods as  the Company increased its  level of service,  broadened
the  types of  medical specialties served  and expanded its  business beyond its
original base in the Middle Atlantic states.
 
     General and administrative expenses increased 112% from $2,021,000 for  the
year ended December 31, 1992 to $4,291,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993.
These  expenses increased  by 57%  from 1993  to $6,723,000  for the  year ended
December 31, 1994. These  increases are due to  the reasons described above  for
increases in salaries and wages during the same periods.
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995
 
     Salaries  and wages increased 10% from $6,552,000 for the nine month period
ended September 30, 1994 to $7,234,000  for the nine months ended September  30,
1995.  This increase was caused by greater processing volume due to the addition
of  clients  and  increased  service   requirements  of  clients.  General   and
administrative  expenses declined 2%  from $5,121,000 for  the nine months ended
September 30,  1994  to  $5,020,000  for the  corresponding  1995  period.  This
decrease  was due in large  part to the consolidation  of the Spring operations.
The Company  has made  significant, and  expects to  continue to  make  certain,
operating expenditures, including investments in systems and technology in order
to  improve  its  operating efficiencies  and  enhance its  services  offered to
clients.
 
                                       17
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA
 
     The Company's salaries and wages of $8,866,000 for the year ended  December
31,  1994 increase 39% to $12,214,000 on a  pro forma basis. For the nine months
ended September 30, 1995, wages and salaries increase by 39% from $7,234,000  on
a  historical basis to $10,076,000 on a pro forma basis. These increases reflect
the personnel gained  with the Acquired  Businesses. General and  administrative
expenses  also increase 39% from $6,723,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994
to $9,349,000 on a pro forma basis  for the year ended December 31, 1994.  These
expenses  also increase 34%  for the nine  months ended September  30, 1995 from
$5,020,000 on  a historical  basis to  $6,748,000 on  a pro  forma basis.  These
increases  reflect the additional general and administrative expenses associated
with the Acquired Businesses.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION; INTEREST EXPENSE, OTHER (NET) AND INCOME TAXES
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
 
     The Company's depreciation and  amortization increased 44% from  $1,781,000
for  the year ended December 31, 1992  to $2,566,000 for the year ended December
31, 1993 and 31% from 1993 to  $3,349,000 for the year ended December 31,  1994.
These  increases  were due  largely  to the  higher  levels of  depreciation and
amortization associated  with the  acquisition  of Spring  in August  1993.  The
Company's  interest expense  represents its  cost of  borrowings, net  of earned
interest income. The Company's other expenses consist of losses on  dispositions
of  equipment and other miscellaneous expense  items. The Company's interest and
other expenses increased by 26% from $1,033,000 for the year ended December  31,
1992  to $1,300,000 for  the year ended  December 31, 1993.  These expenses also
increased 32% from  1993 to  $1,712,000 for the  year ended  December 31,  1994.
These  increases were  due primarily to  the additional debt  incurred in August
1993 in connection with the Company's acquisition of Spring. Due to the  charges
for  depreciation and  amortization resulting  from purchase  accounting for the
Company's acquisitions, the  Company has paid  no federal income  taxes and  has
generated  income tax benefits of  $303,000 in the year  ended December 31, 1993
and $810,000 in the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 1994 AND 1995
 
     The Company's depreciation  and amortization increased  1% from  $2,522,000
for  the nine months ended September 30,  1994 to $2,549,000 for the nine months
ended September 31,  1995. This increase  was due primarily  to the purchase  of
additional  equipment,  furniture  and  leasehold  improvements.  The  Company's
interest and other expenses declined by 21% from $1,338,000 for the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1994 to $1,056,000 for  the nine months ended September 30,
1995. This decline was due to the decrease in debt of the Company resulting from
certain scheduled repayments of debt. The Company's income tax benefit decreased
from $382,000 for the nine months ended  September 30, 1994 to $286,000 for  the
corresponding  1995 period. This decrease was  primarily due to the inclusion in
the tax benefit in the nine months ended September 1994 of a change in the state
tax law  allowing previously  disallowed  prior year  state net  operating  loss
deductions with no corresponding item in the nine months ended September 1995.
 
PRO FORMA
 
   
     On  a pro forma basis, the  Company's depreciation and amortization for the
year ended December 31, 1994 increases 23% from $3,349,000 on a historical basis
to $4,124,000. The Company's depreciation  and amortization for the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1995 of $2,549,000 also increases by 22% to $3,119,000 on a
pro  forma  basis.  These  increases  are  due  largely  to  higher  levels   of
depreciation  and amortization associated  with the acquisition  of the Acquired
Businesses.
    
 
   
     The Company's interest and other expenses  for the year ended December  31,
1994  of $1,712,000 on  a historical basis decline  by 55% to  $766,000 on a pro
forma basis. The  Company's interest and  other expenses of  $1,056,000 for  the
nine  months ended September 30,  1995 also decline by 50%  to $528,000 on a pro
forma basis due to the reduced interest expense resulting from the repayment  of
debt upon
    
 
                                       18
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
completion  of the Offering. After giving  effect to the Offering, the Company's
income tax benefit would  be reduced from $810,000  for the year ended  December
31,  1994 to an income  tax expense of $118,000  on a pro forma  basis. On a pro
forma basis, the Company's income tax expense changes from an income tax benefit
of $286,000 to  an income  tax expense  of $374,000  for the  nine months  ended
September  30, 1995. This  increase in tax expense  is attributable primarily to
the factors described above.
    
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
 
     The Company's net income declined from $16,000 for the year ended  December
31, 1992 to a loss of $672,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993 and declined
59%  from 1993 to a loss of $1,067,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994. The
changes (losses) in net income  resulted principally from the matters  discussed
above.
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995
 
   
     The  Company's net  loss increased 159%  from $363,000 for  the nine months
ended September 30,  1994 to $942,000  for the nine  months ended September  30,
1995.  This  increase was  due to  the management  fee reductions  and operating
expense increases  outlined above,  which were  largely in  connection with  the
acquisition  of Spring while  its operations were  being consolidated into three
offices and one centralized  processing facility. In  addition, the increase  in
operating  expenses  for  the nine  months  ended September  30,  1995 reflected
increased salaries and  wages of approximately  $700,000 from the  corresponding
period  in  1994.  This increase  was  attributable  to an  increased  volume of
business in the Company's Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania office, the hiring of additional
personnel, particularly in connection with Spring's marketing activities, and an
increase in salary levels generally.
    
 
PRO FORMA
 
   
     The Company's net income for the year ended December 31, 1994 increases  by
$1,393,000  from the Company's actual net loss  of $1,067,000 to $326,000 of net
income on a pro  forma basis (See notes  2(f) through 2(j) of  the Notes to  Pro
Forma  Financial Information).  The Company's  pro forma  net loss  for the nine
months ended  September  30, 1995  also  would  be reduced  from  the  Company's
historical  nine-month loss of $942,000 to net  income of $53,000 on a pro forma
basis (See  notes  2(f)  through  2(j)  of the  Notes  to  Pro  Forma  Financial
Information).  These decreases in the net loss primarily are attributable to the
additional revenues generated by  the Acquired Businesses  and the reduction  in
the Company's interest expense due to the repayment of certain indebtedness with
a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Since  its  inception  in 1991,  the  Company has  financed  its operations
through the sale of equity securities, borrowings under credit arrangements  and
internally generated funds.
 
     The  Company's  operating  activities  provided  net  cash  of  $1,375,000,
$1,685,000 and $1,946,000 for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and  1994,
respectively.  Net cash of $1,194,000 and $52,000 was generated by the Company's
operating activities during the nine months  ended September 30, 1994 and  1995,
respectively.
 
   
     At  September 30,  1995, the  Company had  a working  capital deficiency of
$1,351,000. This working  capital deficiency was  caused primarily by  increased
short-term  borrowings and  related expenditure  for items  related to operating
improvements at Spring, capital expenditures and principal payments on long-term
debt and capital leases. To address its working capital deficiency, the  Company
sold  1,100  shares  of  10%  Preferred  Stock,  Series  A  to  Hillside Capital
Incorporated  ('Hillside')  for  an  aggregate  consideration  of  $550,000  and
increased  its  available  borrowing  capacity under  its  line  of  credit from
$400,000 to $600,000. The Company intends  to use the proceeds of its  preferred
stock  sale, which shares will  be redeemed with a  portion of net proceeds from
the Offering, for  general working capital  purposes. Although there  can be  no
assurance  that it  will not  do so, the  Company does  not anticipate incurring
significant  additional  operating  costs   in  connection  with  the   Acquired
Businesses,   as  no  significant  integration  with  respect  to  the  Acquired
Businesses is planned.
    
 
                                       19
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
     The Company's unbilled accounts receivable were  68%, 72% and 73% of  total
accounts receivable as of December 31, 1993, December 31, 1994 and September 30,
1995,  respectively,  and 15%,  17%  and 27%  of  revenues for  the  years ended
December 31, 1993  (pro forma --  see footnote 3  to the Company's  consolidated
financial statements), and December 31, 1994 and the nine months ended September
30,  1995,  respectively.  The  unbilled  accounts  receivable  result  from the
Company's recognition of revenue when substantially all services to be performed
by the Company (except the collection  of the client's accounts receivable  from
patients) have been completed. The significant amount of unbilled receivables in
each  period  results  from  the  collection  period  of  the  client's accounts
receivable from patients, which ranged from approximately 60 to 75 days for  the
year ended December 31, 1994.
    
 
   
     The  Company  expects  the  unbilled accounts  receivable  of  the Acquired
Businesses to have a positive effect on its expected pro forma consolidated cash
inflows. Such cash inflows will commence immediately after the Company purchases
the Acquired Businesses. Such amounts will  be offset by the development of  new
unbilled accounts receivables generated in the ordinary course of business.
    
 
     For  the years  ended December  31, 1992, 1993  and 1994,  the Company made
capital expenditures  of $140,000,  $130,000 and  $535,000, respectively.  Since
1992,  the Company has  made significant information  technology system upgrades
and improvements. The Company's capital  expenditures for the nine months  ended
September  30, 1994  and 1995  were $184,000  and $396,000,  respectively. These
expenditures reflect  the continued  investment in  technology improvements  and
include  costs  related to  certain leasehold  improvements and  acquisitions of
other office equipment and furnishings.  The Company's capital expenditures  for
the  first  nine months  in  1995 also  reflect  start-up costs  associated with
servicing new clients from a new office in Florida.
 
   
     On a pro  forma basis at  September 30,  1995, after giving  effect to  the
Offering  and  the application  of  the net  proceeds as  set  forth in  'Use of
Proceeds,' the Company had  working capital of  approximately $4.4 million  (See
notes  1(a) through 1(e) of  the Notes to the  Pro Forma Financial Information).
Based upon the Company's  pro forma working capital  position and its pro  forma
statements  of operations for the year ended  December 31, 1994 and for the nine
months ended September 30,  1995, the Company  believes that additional  working
capital  is not required to meet its current liquidity needs. In order to pursue
its strategy of making additional acquisitions, the Company will need to  obtain
additional  financing  and  is in  negotiations  for  a line  of  credit  from a
financial institution. The Company has received two proposals to provide it with
a line of credit  of up to  $12.0 million and  $15.0 million, respectively.  The
Company  intends to evaluate these proposals. There can be no assurance that the
Company will obtain any such line of  credit, that any such line of credit  will
be  obtained on favorable terms or that the Company will not be required to seek
additional financing. The Company believes that the net proceeds of the Offering
and its  pro  forma  cash  balances, together  with  cash  flow  from  operating
activities,  will be  sufficient to finance  its operations  for the foreseeable
future.
    
 
   
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    
 
   
     The Company's most recent fiscal year  ended on December 31, 1995.  Results
of  operations are not yet available for  the quarter or the year ended December
31, 1995. Based on  preliminary financial information for  the two months  ended
November 30, 1995 the Company estimates the revenue for the two and eleven-month
periods  ended November 30, 1995 to be  slightly higher than the revenue for the
corresponding two and eleven-month  periods in 1994.  The Company believes  that
this slight increase is due to a greater volume of business in the 1995 periods.
    
 
   
     In  addition,  the  Company anticipates  that  its salaries  and  wages and
general and administrative expenses for  the two and eleven-month periods  ended
November  30,  1995  may change in  a manner  generally  consistent with changes
in  those   expenses   for   the  nine  months  ended  September 1995 from those
expenses  for the corresponding 1994 periods.  Those changes  likely are due  to
additional  staff,  general  salary  increases  and  slightly  higher  operating
expenses in general in the 1995 periods.
    
 
   
     These estimates are preliminary, have not been reviewed or audited and  may
not  be indicative of  results of operations  for the quarter  or the year ended
December 31, 1995. There can be no assurance that the Company's revenue for  the
quarter  or  year ended  December 31,  1995 will  be equal  or greater  than the
Company's corresponding 1994 revenue or that operating expenses for the  quarter
or  year ended December 31, 1995 will  not be higher than operating expenses for
the corresponding periods in 1994.
    
 
                                       20
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company  is  a leading  provider  of business  management  services  to
hospital-affiliated  Physicians. The  Company's clients practice  medicine in an
array of settings, including solo and group practices, IPAs, specialty  networks
and  other affiliated-physician groups. The Company's services enable Physicians
to maintain  their independence  and clinical  autonomy while  maximizing  their
reimbursement  and cashflow. The Company believes that  it is one of the largest
providers of business management services to Physicians.
 
     The Company  offers its  clients  a broad  variety of  business  management
services,   ranging   from   accounts   receivable   management   to  financial,
administrative and strategic  support, data management  and information  systems
support.  In  addition,  the  Company  employs  its  proprietary  technology and
extensive financial and patient encounter  databases to provide a  comprehensive
range  of managed  care services to  its clients, including  contract review and
negotiation, implementation and administration, thereby enhancing their  ability
to profitably participate in managed care systems. For its services, the Company
generally  is compensated with a  management fee based upon  a percentage of its
clients' net collections,  which percentage  is determined  after considering  a
broad  range of factors, including  the medical specialty of  the client and the
nature of the services to be  provided. The Company currently provides  services
to  over 2,000  physicians, including specialists  in radiology, anesthesiology,
pathology and  emergency  medicine, as  well  as other  specialists,  throughout
Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  California, Arizona,  Florida,  Delaware, Maryland,
Massachusetts and Virginia. Many of the Company's clients are affiliated in some
sort of group  practice, IPA  or other specialty  networks. As  of November  30,
1995,  the Company experienced client retention (as measured by the continuation
of written contracts in existence  at the end of  1994) of approximately 95%  of
those  clients to which it provided services at the end of 1994. Upon completion
of the Acquisitions, the total number  of physicians served by the Company  will
increase  to over 2,500,  and, in addition  to the states  in which it currently
does business, the Company will offer services to clients in Alabama,  Kentucky,
Ohio, Washington and West Virginia.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     The  Health  Care  Financing  Administration  estimates  that  health  care
spending in the United  States totaled approximately $1  trillion in 1994,  with
approximately  $200 billion attributable  to physician services.  As a large and
rapidly growing component  of overall  health care costs,  physicians have  come
under increasing pressure due to the prospect of health care reform legislation,
an  increasingly complex reimbursement environment and the continued penetration
of managed  care. Due  to these  and other  market forces,  physicians have,  in
increasing  numbers, sought to  align themselves with  other physician practices
and with business management services companies in an effort to acquire enhanced
management capabilities and  information systems. The  Company believes that  by
providing  a  broad  array of  business  management services  to  Physicians, it
enables Physicians to  maintain independence  and ownership  of their  practices
while  providing them with the expertise  necessary to meet the challenges posed
by the changing health  care environment. In addition,  as more physicians  face
pressure  to  affiliate  with  other  health  care  providers  or  managed  care
organizations, their need for advisors experienced in analyzing and  negotiating
such affiliations increases.
 
     The  Company  believes  that  the  physician  business  management services
industry is highly  fragmented. Many  of the  participants in  the industry  are
smaller  firms with limited capital and management resources and limited patient
encounter databases. These firms offer primarily accounts receivable  management
services  and have a  narrow range of additional  services. The Company believes
that, as Physicians continue to demand greater sophistication, broader  services
and  technology-driven products,  these smaller  service providers  will find it
increasingly difficult to compete.
 
                                       21
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
STRATEGY
 
     The Company's strategy  is to build  upon its reputation  and expertise  in
providing  a  broad  range of  cost-effective,  value-added  business management
services to Physicians. PSS's strategy for achieving this objective contains the
following key elements:
 
      Provide High  Level of  Customer Service  at Effective  Cost. The  Company
      customizes its services for each client and provides detailed reports on a
      regular  basis  to its  clients regarding  their practices.  PSS maintains
      local offices  in  regions  throughout the  United  States,  where  client
      representatives  are able to visit clients  on a regular basis and respond
      quickly to  the Company's  clients'  needs. These  client  representatives
      interact   directly  with  existing  clients   and  provide  clients  with
      information  derived  from  the   Company's  patient  encounter   database
      regarding  local, regional and national markets. The Company believes that
      this  'multi-local'   approach   to   client   relationships   effectively
      differentiates  the Company  from its  competitors. Further  enhancing the
      Company's local  presence are  its centralized  processing centers,  which
      also provide significant economies of operation. The Company believes that
      the  skill  of  its employees,  its  relatively  low labor  costs  and its
      technological resources and efficiencies provide it with a cost of service
      advantage over many of its competitors.
 
      Provide Broad Array  of Services. The  Company provides a  broad range  of
      value-added  services that meet its clients' needs and that address market
      changes. A key part of the Company's service strategy is to capitalize  on
      changes  in the health  care market, such as  managed care initiatives and
      increasingly complex reimbursement procedures,  by providing new  services
      that  address the changing needs of Physicians. For example, the Company's
      extensive patient  encounter  database  allows  the  Company  to  evaluate
      managed  care and capitation proposals for  its clients. PSS believes that
      it  provides   Physicians  with   an  alternative   to  participation   in
      commercially   owned  physician   networks  by   offering  Physicians  the
      experience, expertise  and  guidance  necessary to  enable  them  to  form
      physician-owned   networks,  participate  in  Company-sponsored  IPAs  and
      negotiate favorable contracts with managed care organizations. The Company
      believes that its range of business management services (including the MSO
      capability it  will  gain  through  acquisition of  one  of  the  Acquired
      Businesses) and its market knowledge give it an advantage over many of its
      competitors,  which offer a narrower  range of services and  may not be as
      well positioned to respond to market changes and managed care mandates.
 
      Capitalize  on  Technological  Capabilities.  PSS's  proprietary  software
      systems  perform the complex  processing and analytical  tasks required to
      maximize the income of Physicians  and provide database capabilities  that
      are  essential  for negotiation  and on-going  management of  managed care
      provider relationships. The Company's information systems currently  store
      transactional  data  associated with  approximately three  million patient
      encounters per year. As a result, PSS management believes that the Company
      possesses one of the  largest private patient  encounter databases in  the
      regions  in which it operates. This  detailed database enables the Company
      to provide clients with historical  and future trends in utilization  data
      and   physician  referral  patterns,  as  well  as  other  encounters  and
      productivity  measurements  and  benchmark  data  for  strategic  practice
      planning.
 
           The Company has made significant technology expenditures and believes
      that future investments in technology are likely due to the data-intensive
      nature of its business. The Company's dedicated programming personnel work
      with  clients to customize their software  and systems functions. In order
      to remain competitive in the future, the Company believes that it must  be
      able  to establish full electronic interfaces  with all provider and payor
      organizations in  order to  instantly  upload registration  and  procedure
      data, verify eligibility, determine specifics of coverages, submit claims,
      electronically  adjudicate  claims,  negotiate  electronic  remittance and
      achieve automated posting to line items on the physician's original  claim
      submission.  The Company believes that it is a leader in the industry with
      regard to its electronic data interface capabilities.
 
      Pursue Consolidation Opportunities. The increasingly complex nature of the
      health care reimbursement process, and the related growing demand for more
      advanced technology, have made it more  difficult for many of the  smaller
      medical billing service companies to effectively
 
                                       22
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
      compete  due to their  limited capital and  management resources and their
      less comprehensive  patient  encounter  database. As  a  result,  industry
      consolidation  has accelerated  over the  past several  years. The Company
      expects this trend to continue for the foreseeable future. PSS intends  to
      continue to devote time to identifying and pursuing acquisition candidates
      nationwide  and  to evaluate  acquisition  opportunities in  light  of its
      acquisition criteria.
 
   
            The Company seeks  to position itself as  an attractive acquiror  to
      prospective   sellers.  The   Company  generally   looks  for  acquisition
      candidates that share its philosophy  of focusing on high-quality  service
      to  clients. In addition,  PSS typically encourages  the management of its
      acquisition candidates  to  remain  involved in  the  business  after  the
      Company  acquires  the business  in order  to ease  the transition  to the
      Company's ownership and utilize the  expertise and skills of the  acquired
      company's managers.
    
 
      Cross-Market  Existing and Acquired Capabilities. PSS believes that it has
      established a  strong  track record  for  providing highly  competent  and
      cost-efficient  services to  its clients,  thereby enabling  a significant
      portion of its internal  growth to occur  through referrals and  physician
      inquiries.  In  the  past,  the  Company  has  utilized  the  expertise of
      personnel in one  office to  acquire new accounts  and offer  supplemental
      services  to Physicians served  by other offices.  Upon its acquisition of
      the Acquired  Businesses, and  any  subsequent acquisitions,  the  Company
      intends  to  similarly  cross-market its  services,  market  knowledge and
      physician specialty  expertise  among  its clients  and  clients  of  such
      acquired  businesses.  In  so doing,  the  Company believes  that  it will
      expand, on  a  geographic  basis,  the  services  provided  and  types  of
      physician specialists served by the Company.
 
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
     In  recent years, the  physician business management  services industry has
changed from  one  where the  service  provider was  responsible  primarily  for
accounts receivable management to one where a comprehensive, integrated range of
services  is  provided. The  Company believes  that  providing its  clients with
services  beyond  accounts  receivable   management  helps  create  a   stronger
relationship  with its clients and provides PSS with a competitive advantage. As
the health care  market continues to  grow in complexity,  the Company  believes
that  those companies  with a  history of  providing a  broad array  of business
management services  will  be  sought  out by  physicians  and  will  be  better
positioned than others to  develop  additional  services to  meet  the  needs of
the  marketplace. The Company's and the Acquired Businesses' business management
services include  the following:
 
Operations Management
 Fee Schedule Development and
      Management
 Capitation Plan Analysis and
      Administration
 Patient and Resource Scheduling
 Coding
 Billing and Follow-up
 
Strategic Support
 Feasibility Studies
 Support in Establishing Independent
      Practice
 Contract Negotiation
 Practice Marketing
 Merger of Practices
 
Administrative/Financial Support
 Valuation Analysis
 Budgeting
 Cash Management
 Bookkeeping and Accounting
 Financial Statements
 Payroll and Accounts Payable
 Expense Management
 Insurance Program Administration
 Independent Physician Associations
 Management Service Organization
 
Payment Processing
 Lockbox Payments
 Internal Controls
 Payment Validation
 Performance Monitoring and Reporting
 
Data Management
 Data Collection, Analysis and Reporting
 Encounters Database Design and
      Analysis
 Financial
 Contractual
 Practice Profiles
 Resource Utilization
 
Electronic Data Interface
 Patient Demographic and Encounter
      Information
 Billing Claims Submission
 Remittance Receipt and Posting
 Client Office Connectivity
 
                                       23
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
     The  Company does  not provide  the full  range of  its business management
services to  any one  client, although  generally all  clients receive  accounts
receivable management services. The Company generally does not charge separately
for  additional business management services,  although its managment fee (which
is based on a percentage of its clients' net collections) does take into account
the nature of  the services to  be provided. The  Company's accounts  receivable
management  services  range  from  data  gathering  to  financial  reporting and
analysis. Generally, the Company's practice is to employ personnel dedicated  to
the performance of specific tasks in the accounts receivable management process.
In  its  initial  stages,  the Company  collects  data  from  Physicians, inputs
relevant data  for  claims  processing,  monitors  data  for  errors  and  makes
corrections. The Company submits reimbursement claims on behalf of its Physician
clients,   follows-up  with  third-party  payors   and  patients  regarding  the
Physicians' accounts receivable  and reports to  the Physicians regarding  their
patient and accounts receivable activity. The Company believes that, through the
use  of trained  personnel and its  proprietary technology,  it processes claims
efficiently for its clients, creating cost savings for the Company and rapid and
complete reimbursement for its clients.
    
 
CLIENT SUPPORT SERVICES
 
     The  Company  believes  that   the  level  of   service  provided  is   the
distinguishing  factor  among physician  business management  service companies.
Accordingly,  the  Company  emphasizes  a  personalized  approach  in  providing
services   to  its   clients.  The   Company  believes   that  its  multi-local,
sophisticated,  technology-driven  management  services  help  distinguish   the
Company from other providers of business management services and provide it with
a competitive advantage.
 
     A  key part of the Company's strategy  is the proximity and availability of
client representatives  to the  Company's  clients. The  Company has  20  client
representatives  based in four states, managing  the accounts of between one and
15 clients. Upon completion  of the Acquisitions,  the Company anticipates  that
its  client  representatives will  have a  presence  in five  additional states.
Through these client representatives,  the Company is  able to maintain  regular
contact  with its clients and respond rapidly,  often in person, to questions or
problems. The Company  provides detailed  monthly and quarterly  reports to  its
clients.  These  reports indicate,  among  other things,  the  client's accounts
receivables activity for the period, the number of patients seen and  procedures
performed  for the period and a comparison of the current period's activity with
that of the prior year's. The Company's client representatives typically  review
these  detailed financial  reports with  the Physicians  on a  regular basis. In
addition, the Company's  client representatives may  share industry or  regional
data with the Company's clients to help clients better understand their business
relative to that of other Physicians.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
     The  Company's marketing and sales  efforts include advertising, attendance
at industry events and maintenance of  a marketing and sales force. The  Company
believes  that most  of its marketing  efforts coincide with  its client support
services, as many new clients are introduced to the Company by existing clients.
The Company believes that,  as managed care  initiatives become more  prominent,
Physicians  are  more  likely  to  affiliate  with  one  another  in  groups and
subsequently retain business management services from a provider experienced  in
dealing  with  group  structures  and  issues.  The  Company  believes  that its
knowledge gained through  operating one of  the oldest and  largest IPAs in  the
United States, its service to a regional physician staffing organization and its
years  of working with other affiliated groups  of physicians provides it with a
competitive advantage  in  addressing the  changing  needs of  the  health  care
market.
 
     The  Company employs 10 people in five  states for the purpose of marketing
and business development. Typically,  these regional representatives identify  a
client  prospect and  then coordinate with  senior management of  the Company to
develop a suitable service and fee proposal. Before submitting its proposal, the
Company typically reviews financial and  practice information of the  Physicians
and  identifies  areas  for  improvement  in  the  prospective  client's current
business management.  With  knowledge of  local  markets, the  Company's  client
representatives  also support the marketing efforts  of the Company by providing
benchmark information pertaining to other local
 
                                       24
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
physician practices. The Company believes that its experience and data resources
provide it  with  a  significant  advantage over  many  of  its  competitors  in
acquiring new accounts.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     The  Company's  clients  consist of  hospital-affiliated  Physicians. These
Physicians practice medicine in an array  of settings, including solo and  group
practices,  IPAs and  specialty networks and  other affiliated-physician groups.
The Company estimates that it provides services (either directly or through  its
physician  group clients) to over 2,000 physicians,  and that it will serve over
2,500 physicians after giving effect to the Acquisitions. Of the Company's  1994
revenues,   services   for   radiologists,   emergency   room   physicians   and
anesthesiologists accounted for approximately 24%, 15% and 53%, respectively, of
total revenues.  The  Company's  other  clients  practice  various  specialties,
including  pathology,  cardiology  and surgery.  As  of November  30,  1995, the
Company has retained (as  measured by the continuation  of written contracts  in
existence  at the end  of 1994) approximately  95% of those  clients to which it
provided services at the end of 1994.
 
     In most cases, the Company enters into written agreements with its clients.
The Company's written  agreements generally  range from  month-to-month to  five
years  in duration and renew automatically at the end of the initial term unless
notice is given  by either party  30 to 90  days prior to  renewal. However,  in
certain regions where the Company conducts business, the industry practice is to
provide business management services without a written contract. In those cases,
typically  the Company does not require a written agreement with its clients and
experiences a lower comparative client retention rate.
 
     Substantially all of  the Company's contractual  arrangements for  business
management  services provide  for management fees  payable to  the Company based
upon a percentage of  the Company's clients'  net collections. Management  fees,
which  typically  range from  3%  to 15%,  are negotiated  at  the outset  of an
engagement based upon  a number  of factors,  including the  types of  physician
specialists  involved, the range of services to  be provided by PSS, an analysis
of the  collectability  of  a  client's accounts  receivable  portfolio  and  an
estimate of the costs of such collection. The Company estimates that its average
management  fee  (on a  weighted  average basis)  charged  in 1994  for business
management services  was  approximately  7.3%  of  net  collections.  No  single
customer  or  organization accounted  for  10% or  more  of the  Company's total
revenue in 1994.
 
ACQUISITIONS
 
     Through their acquisition of  the predecessor business of  PSS in 1991  and
the  Company's  acquisition of  Spring  in 1993,  the  senior management  of the
Company  has  experience  in   identifying  and  acquiring  physician   business
management  service firms. The  Company maintains a  database of participants in
the physician business  management services  industry and has  taken an  active,
highly  selective  approach  to  identify  acquisition  targets  that  meet  its
acquisition criteria. In general,  the Company intends  to focus on  acquisition
candidates that have strong management, demonstrate potential for revenue growth
or  continued profitability  and are compatible  with the  Company's business or
provide  an  opportunity  to  expand   into  other  high-revenue  medical   care
specialties.
 
   
     The  Company  generally looks  for  acquisition candidates  that  share its
philosophy of  focusing on  high-quality service  to clients.  In addition,  PSS
typically  encourages  the management  of its  acquisition candidates  to remain
involved in the  business on a  long-term basis after  the Company acquires  the
business  in order to ease the transition to the Company's ownership and utilize
the expertise and  skills of the  acquired company's managers.  For example,  L.
David  Covell, a former shareholder  of Spring, has continued  to be involved in
the day-to-day business of Spring following the Company's acquisition of  Spring
in  1993 and has  remained the Chairman of  the Board of  Spring. PSS intends to
evaluate acquisition  opportunities  in  complementary  geographic  markets  and
service   areas  that  present  the  potential  for  subsequent  growth  through
referrals. Although it  evaluates each acquisition  candidate on a  case-by-case
basis,  the  Company does  not currently  anticipate acquiring  other businesses
where significant consolidation or staff  reductions would be required, and  PSS
anticipates  that  any  necessary  consolidation  would  be  gradual.  See 'Risk
Factors -- Acquisitions; Need for Capital.'
    
 
                                       25
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
     Although PSS currently is engaged  in discussions with several  acquisition
candidates,  no acquisition (other than of the Acquired Businesses) currently is
pending, and  no  letter of  intent,  agreement or  other  understanding  exists
regarding  any  other  acquisition. There  can  be  no assurance  that  any such
acquisition will be  completed. The  Company currently is  in negotiations  with
certain  banks, including its existing bank lender, to provide it with a line of
credit to be used  for acquisitions. The Company  has received two proposals  to
provide  it with  a line  of credit of  up to  $12.0 million  and $15.0 million,
respectively. The Company intends to evaluate  these proposals. There can be  no
assurance that such a line of credit will be made available or be made available
on favorable terms.
    
 
ACQUIRED BUSINESSES
 
   
     The  Company  identified the  Acquired  Businesses as  suitable acquisition
candidates due in part to their strong management, geographic location, range of
services provided and  Physician specialists  served. Although there  can be  no
assurance  that none will arise, the Company does not anticipate any significant
integration issues in connection with  the Acquisitions. The Company intends  to
generally  keep in place the management and employees of the Acquired Businesses
and believes that each of the Acquired  Businesses will be operated in a  manner
substantially  consistent  with  its  past  practice,  although  certain limited
operational aspects  of  the  Acquired  Businesses may  be  conducted  from  the
Company's   offices  or  processing  centers.  The  Company  believes  that  the
operations of the Acquired  Businesses are similar  to the Company's  operations
and  that they  conduct business  in a manner  consistent with  the Company. The
Acquired Businesses  provide at  least  some of  the  services provided  by  the
Company  to  its  clients  and provide  the  Company  with  geographic expansion
opportunities as well as the opportunity, in the case of the acquisition of  the
NCHC Group, to begin providing consulting services to MSOs.
    
 
   
     The  Company has entered into agreements to acquire the Acquired Businesses
simultaneously with  the  consummation  of  this  Offering.  Completion  of  the
Acquisitions is a condition to the Offering.
    
 
     Under  the  terms  of  each  acquisition  agreement,  consummation  of  the
Acquisitions is subject to ordinary closing conditions, including the  accuracy,
at  the time of the  Acquisitions, of the representations  and warranties of the
Acquired  Businesses   and   their  respective   stockholders.   The   aggregate
consideration  to  be  paid  by  the  Company  for  the  Acquired  Businesses is
anticipated to consist of  $11,500,000 in cash, $9,500,000  of which is  payable
upon  completion of the Offering  and $2,000,000 of which  is payable in monthly
installments during  the  first year  after  consummation of  the  Offering.  An
additional $150,000 may be payable on the second anniversary of the Acquisitions
in  connection with the acquisition of DPS, subject to the retention of clients.
Each of the Acquired Businesses and the principal terms of each Acquisition  are
described below.
 
   
     North Coast Health Care Management, Inc. ('NCHC'). NCHC was founded in 1985
and  has  its  offices in  Cleveland,  Ohio. NCHC  provides  business management
services to approximately 400 emergency room and other physicians in Ohio,  West
Virginia  and  Kentucky. NCHC's  business  management services  include accounts
receivable management services, budgeting, payroll administration and  financial
planning.  NCHC also currently  provides consulting services  to two MSOs, which
provide  assistance  in  evaluating  and  negotiating  managed  care  plans  and
providing  scheduling, staffing, financial  analysis and other  services to over
130 physicians. North Coast  Account Systems, Inc.  ('NCAS') and Medical  Dental
Invoicing  Services, Inc.  ('MDIS'), which  were established  in 1991  and 1978,
respectively, are affiliates of NCHC and also headquartered in Cleveland,  Ohio.
NCAS   provides  collection  services  to  Physicians.  MDIS  provides  accounts
receivable management services to Physicians. NCHC, NCAS and MDIS are  sometimes
referred  to collectively herein as the  'NCHC Group.' The NCHC Group's revenues
for 1994 represent  approximately 22% of  the Company's 1994  revenues on a  pro
forma  basis, after giving  effect to the  Acquisitions. Approximately 48.3% and
45.4% of the NCHC Group's revenues for  the year ended 1994 and the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1995,  respectively, are attributable  to several physician
groups in which one of the shareholders of  the NCHC Group is a member. Many  of
these physician groups are under written contract with NCHC to receive physician
business  management services for periods ranging from approximately one year to
two and one-half years after completion of the Acquisitions.
    
 
                                       26
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
     It is anticipated that, simultaneously with completion of the Offering, the
Company will  purchase  the  capital stock  of  NCHC  for a  purchase  price  of
$5,590,000  in cash, payable at closing, and an aggregate of $1,950,000 in cash,
payable in monthly installments over the succeeding 12 months. In addition,  the
Company  will acquire the assets of NCAS  and MDIS, which consist principally of
customer accounts and receivables and certain office equipment, for cash in  the
aggregate  of $115,000, payable at closing  and an aggregate of $50,000, payable
in monthly installments over the succeeding  12 months. The two stockholders  of
the  NCHC Group also will  receive an aggregate of  $295,000 in consideration of
their agreements not to compete with the Acquired Businesses or the Company  for
a period of five years after the Acquisition.
    
 
     The  two stockholders  of NCHC will  enter into  employment agreements with
NCHC at the time  of the Acquisitions,  pursuant to which each  of them will  be
employed  for a  term of five  years at an  annual base salary  of $150,000. The
stockholders also will  be entitled to  receive deferred incentive  compensation
based  on increases in NCHC's earnings  before interest, taxes and certain other
charges.
 
     Medical Management Support, Inc. ('MM Support'). MM Support was founded  in
1985  and has its offices in  Bellevue, Washington. MM Support provides accounts
receivable management  services to  approximately  80 anesthesiologists  in  the
greater  Seattle area. MM Support's 1994 revenue would account for approximately
5% of the Company's 1994 revenues on  a pro forma basis, after giving effect  to
the Acquisitions.
 
   
     It is anticipated that, simultaneously with completion of the Offering, the
Company will acquire MM Support by purchasing, through a wholly owned subsidiary
of PSS, substantially all of the assets of MM Support, which consist principally
of  customer  accounts, receivables,  leases and  certain office  equipment. The
purchase price  for the  assets will  be  $2,400,000 in  cash. In  addition,  MM
Support  and its stockholders will receive $100,000, in the aggregate, for their
agreements not to compete with  the Acquired Businesses or  PSS for a period  of
five  years after  the Acquisition  or, in the  case of  the stockholders, three
years from the termination  of their employment with  the Acquired Business,  if
longer.
    
 
     The  three shareholders of MM Support will enter into employment agreements
with the ongoing Acquired Business upon completion of the Offering. Under  these
agreements,  each  of  the shareholders  will  agree  to provide  services  of a
substantially similar nature  to those currently  provided to MM  Support for  a
period of two years from the Acquisition at a compensation rate of $35 per hour.
In  addition, each  such shareholder will  be entitled to  receive certain bonus
compensation based  on revenue  attributable to  new clients  introduced to  the
Acquired  Business  by that  shareholder before  the  second anniversary  of the
Acquisition.
 
     Data Processing Systems, Inc. ('DPS'). DPS  was formed in 1989 and has  its
offices  in  Birmingham, Alabama.  DPS  provides accounts  receivable management
services to Physicians in  the Birmingham, Alabama  area. DPS's clients  consist
principally   of  radiologists  and  pathologists,  and  it  currently  services
approximately 26 physicians. Revenues of DPS for 1994 represent approximately 3%
of the Company's 1994 revenues on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to  the
Acquisitions.
 
   
     It  is anticipated that, simultaneously with  completion of the Offering, a
wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  will  acquire  DPS  by   purchasing
substantially  all  of  DPS's  assets,  which  consist  principally  of customer
accounts and receivables, for approximately $800,000 in cash (including $100,000
payable because the Acquisition will occur after December 31, 1995) and  payment
of  $100,000 in consideration of DPS's agreement not to compete with the ongoing
business or the Company  for a period  of five years  after the Acquisition.  In
addition,  $150,000 may be payable on the second anniversary of the acquisition,
subject to DPS's retention of clients.
    
 
   
     In addition  to  the  amounts  described above,  under  the  terms  of  the
acquisition  agreement  for DPS,  McGriff, Seibels  &  Williams, Inc.,  the sole
stockholder of DPS ('McGriff'),  will receive $100,000  in consideration of  its
agreement  not to compete for a period of five years after the Acquisition. As a
condition to the acquisition of DPS,  McGriff will enter into an agreement  with
the  Acquired  Business, under  which  McGriff will  lease  office space  to the
Acquired Business for  up to  two years  at a cost  of $10,000  per year,  which
includes  the cost of certain corporate  overhead, support and computer software
    
 
                                       27
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
and hardware services to be provided by McGriff. In addition, McGriff will agree
to provide the  Acquired Business on  a cost-only basis  certain other  services
that it historically provided to DPS.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The  business of  providing business  management services  to Physicians is
highly  competitive.  The  Company  estimates  that  it  competes  with  several
relatively   sophisticated  local,  regional  and  national  physician  business
management  services  organizations,  with  smaller,  less-sophisticated   local
accounts  receivable  management services  businesses  and with  Physicians that
self-manage their  practices and  accounts receivable.  The largest  independent
provider of billing and accounts receivable management services to Physicians in
the  United States is  Medaphis Corporation, which  is substantially larger than
the Company and has substantially greater resources.
 
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in its industry
are the  quality  and range  of  services  provided to  clients,  including  the
maximization  of  revenue to  Physicians for  each  procedure performed.  In the
Company's view,  the fees  charged for  services are  a less  important  factor,
although it believes that its fees are competitive with other service providers.
In  addressing  certain complexities  created by  managed care  initiatives, the
Company believes  that one  of the  principal competitive  factors is  having  a
patient   utilization  database  and  other  market  information  to  enable  an
assessment of managed care proposals. The Company believes that, through use  of
its  proprietary technology and regional and  specialty expertise, it is able to
compete effectively in providing business  management services to Physicians  in
the managed care market.
 
REGULATION
 
     Various  state  and federal  laws may  regulate  the Company's  business of
providing business  management  services  to Physicians.  The  Company  also  is
subject to laws and regulations relating to business corporations generally. The
Company  believes that its operations are in material compliance with applicable
laws. However, many aspects of the  Company's business operations have not  been
the  subject of state or federal regulatory interpretation, and certain areas of
the Company's  business are  highly technical  in nature.  In addition,  as  the
Company's   business   expands  by   the  addition   of  services   provided  or
geographically, it may become subject to additional federal or state regulations
based on the services it provides or the states in which it conducts business.
 
     Regulatory authorities have broad discretion concerning how these laws  and
regulations  are  interpreted  and  how  they  are  enforced.  The  Company may,
therefore, be subject to  lengthy and expensive  investigations of its  business
operations.  If  the Company  were found  to be  in violation  of these  laws or
regulations, the Company  could be  subject to  criminal or  civil penalties  or
both,  which could  limit or  prevent the  Company from  providing its physician
business management  services. See  'Risk  Factors --  Governmental  Regulation;
Billing Practices.'
 
     In  accordance  with  Medicare regulations,  physicians  and  hospitals are
permitted to assign Medicare claims to a billing and collection service only  in
certain limited circumstances. The Medicare statutes that restrict assignment of
Medicare  claims are supplemented by Medicare  regulations and provisions in the
Medicare Carrier's  Manual  (the 'Manual').  The  Medicare regulations  and  the
Manual  provide that  a billing  service that prepares  and sends  bills for the
provider or physician and does not receive and negotiate the checks made payable
to the provider or physician does not violate the restrictions on assignment  of
Medicare  claims. The  Company believes  that its  practices do  not violate the
restrictions on assignment of Medicare claims  and that it operates in a  manner
consistent with these provisions.
 
     The  Social Security Act imposes criminal penalties for paying or receiving
remuneration (which is deemed  a kickback, bribe or  rebate) in connection  with
Medicare  or Medicaid programs. Violation of this law is a felony, punishable by
fines and imprisonment.  These anti-kickback  laws and rules  have been  broadly
interpreted  to prohibit the  payment, solicitation, offering  or receipt of any
form of remuneration in return for the referral of Medicare or Medicaid patients
or any item or  service that is covered  by Medicare or Medicaid  reimbursement.
The Company believes that its business operations do not put it in a position to
make  or induce the referral of patients or services reimbursed under government
programs and, therefore, believes that its practices do not violate the  federal
anti-kickback
 
                                       28
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
statute.  If, however, the  Company were found  in violation of  these laws, the
Company could be subject to substantial civil monetary fines, criminal sanctions
or both.
 
     The Company  also may  be  subject to  criminal, civil  and  administrative
penalties  under  federal and  state law  prohibitions against  submitting false
claims for payments.  Generally, criminal penalties  subjecting participants  to
fines  and imprisonment require that the entity act knowingly, willfully or with
fraudulent intent. Civil  statutes provide for  monetary penalties. The  Company
also  may  be  subject to  criminal  laws  regarding failure  to  disclose known
overpayments under Medicare or Medicaid.
 
     Various states prohibit a physician  from sharing or 'splitting' fees  with
persons  not  authorized to  practice medicine.  The  Company believes  that its
charges to its clients do not violate applicable fee splitting prohibitions.  If
this  belief is  incorrect and the  Company is  determined to be  engaged in fee
splitting arrangements  with its  clients,  those clients  would be  subject  to
charges  of  professional  misconduct  and penalties  ranging  from  censure and
reprimand to  revocation of  their medical  licenses. In  addition, the  Company
could  be  deprived of  access  to the  courts to  collect  fees due  from those
clients, thereby materially and adversely  affecting the Company's revenues  and
prospects.
 
     Credit  collection practices and  activities are regulated  by both federal
and state law. The Federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (the 'Federal Fair
Debt  Act')  sets  forth  various  provisions  designed  to  eliminate  abusive,
deceptive  and unfair debt collection practices  by debt collectors. The Federal
Fair Debt Act also  provides for, among  other things, a  civil right of  action
against  any debt  collector who  fails to  comply with  the provisions thereof.
Various states have  also promulgated  laws and regulations  that govern  credit
collection  practices. In general,  these laws and  regulations prohibit certain
fraudulent and  oppressive  credit  collection practices  and  also  may  impose
license  or  registration requirements  upon  collection agencies.  In addition,
state credit  collection laws  and regulations  generally provide  for  criminal
fines,  civil  penalties,  injunctions  and  jail  terms  for  collection agency
personnel who fail  to comply  with such laws  and regulations  and may  entitle
states   to  recover  unclaimed  refunds   from  overcollections.  The  accounts
receivable management  services the  Company  provides to  its clients  are  not
considered  debt collection services  and the Company is  not a 'debt collector'
under the Federal Fair  Debt Act. Upon completion  of the Acquisitions,  certain
activities  of  one  of  the  Company's  subsidiaries  will  include  collection
services, as NCAS specializes in collecting medical service receivables for  its
clients.
 
     Various  states  regulate  the  provision  of  administrative  and business
services by  third parties  to physician-sponsored  health plans.  In  addition,
certain  federal or  state consumer protection  laws may apply  to the Company's
billing activities  insofar as  PSS  bills patients  directly  for the  cost  of
physician services provided.
 
     The  Company anticipates that  various health care  reform proposals may be
introduced at  the federal  or state  level. The  Company is  unable to  predict
whether any such proposals will apply to the operation of the Company's business
or whether, if adopted, any such proposals would materially adversely affect the
Company.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At  November 30, 1995, PSS had approximately 364 full-time and 67 part-time
employees, of which approximately 348  were clerical and 83 were  administrative
employees.  PSS employs 20 client  representatives, 10 marketing representatives
and eight software programmers. None  of the Company's employees is  represented
by  a labor union.  The Company has  experienced no work  stoppages and believes
that its relations with its employees are satisfactory.
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company's  principal executive  offices are  located at  Route 230  and
Eby-Chiques Road, Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania. The Company maintains 11 offices in six
states,  five of which include processing centers. The Company leases all of its
facilities, which in the aggregate  constitute approximately 75,000 square  feet
of  office space.  Such leases have  terms ranging from  month-to-month to eight
years, in most cases with options to renew.
 
                                       29
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Company  believes that  its  facilities are  adequate for  its  current
needs.  The Company expects to renew its current  leases from time to time or to
lease new  space  as  necessary.  In addition,  the  Company  expects  to  lease
additional  space as necessary  to accommodate the  anticipated expansion of the
Company.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     As of the date  hereof, there are no  legal proceedings pending against  or
involving  the Company that, in the opinion of management, could have a material
adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations  of
the Company.
 
LIABILITY INSURANCE
 
     The   Company   carries   liability   insurance   providing   coverage  for
comprehensive property damage, professional  liability, employee dishonesty  and
workers' compensation. Although the Company believes that its insurance policies
are  adequate in amount and coverage for protection of its assets and operations
as currently conducted, there  is no assurance that  the coverage limits of  the
Company's  liability  policies  will  be  adequate.  In  addition,  there  is no
assurance that the Company's insurance coverage will continue to be available in
sufficient amounts and on reasonable terms, or at all.
 
                                       30


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The  Company's directors, executive officers  and significant employees and
their ages as of January 1, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    NAME                        AGE                        POSITION
- ---------------------------------------------   ---   --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>   <C>
Peter W. Gilson..............................   55    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Hamilton F. Potter III.......................   39    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating and
                                                        Financial Officer and Director
Douglas Estock...............................   41    Director of Marketing
Jack R. Kinne................................   47    President of Spring
Ronald Royer.................................   51    Director of Systems Automation
Bruce B. Schmoyer............................   52    Director of Operations
Mortimer Berkowitz III.......................   41    Director
</TABLE>
 
   
                            ------------------------
 
     Peter W.  Gilson has  served since  September 1991  as a  Director and  the
President  and  Chief  Executive Officer  of  PSS.  Mr. Gilson  also  is  a Vice
President of  Spring.  Mr. Gilson  was  the  President of  the  Goretex  Fabrics
Division  of W.L. Gore &  Associates from 1978 to  1986, and the Chief Operating
Officer of  The  Timberland Company,  a  manufacturer of  footwear  and  outdoor
clothing,  from 1986 to 1988. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Gilson served as President,
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of  the Board of Warrington Group, Inc.,  a
manufacturer  of fire  safety products, which  was previously a  division of The
Timberland Company. Mr. Gilson continues to  serve as the Chairman of the  Board
of  Warrington Group, Inc. Mr. Gilson currently  is on the Board of Directors of
each of Forschner Company and Sweetwater, Inc.
    
 
   
     Hamilton F. Potter III has served,  since September 1991, as the  Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating and Financial Officer of PSS. Mr. Potter also
is  a Vice  President and  the Treasurer  of Spring.  Mr. Potter  co-founded BPI
Capital Partners, Inc. ('BPI Capital'), a  private investment firm, in 1990  and
has been a Managing Director of BPI Capital since that time.
    
 
   
     Douglas  Estock joined the  predecessor company to PSS  in January 1989 and
served as its  Director of  Marketing from  1989 until  it was  acquired by  the
Company  in 1991. Mr. Estock has served  as Director of Marketing of the Company
since 1991.
    
 
     Jack R. Kinne joined Spring in 1982 and served as its Vice President  until
August  1993. Spring was acquired by PSS in August 1993, at which time Mr. Kinne
was made President of Spring.
 
   
     Ronald Royer joined  the predecessor  company to  PSS in  January 1989  and
served  as its Director of Systems Automation from 1989 until it was acquired by
the Company in 1991. Mr. Royer has served as the Director of Systems  Automation
of the Company since 1991.
    
 
     Bruce  B. Schmoyer joined PSS in  September 1995 as Director of Operations.
From 1990 to August 1995, Mr. Schmoyer was a Senior Manager, Director of Patient
Accounting Practice, Eastern Region at Ernst & Young LLP.
 
     Mortimer Berkowitz  III has  served  as a  Director  of the  Company  since
September  1991 and served as a Vice  President and the Secretary of the Company
from September 1991 until December 1995. Mr. Berkowitz co-founded BPI Capital in
1990 and  has been  a Managing  Director of  BPI Capital  since that  time.  Mr.
Berkowitz also is a director of VZV Research Foundation, Inc.
 
     The  Company intends to name up to two people to serve as outside directors
of PSS as soon  as practicable. There  can be no  assurance that such  directors
will be named prior to completion of the Offering.
 
     As  permitted  by  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws provide that  directors of the  Company
shall  not be personally liable to the  Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,
(ii) for  acts or  omissions not  in  good faith  or which  involve  intentional
misconduct  or  a knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)  under Section  174  of the
Delaware  General  Corporation   Law,  relating  to   prohibited  dividends   or
distributions,  or  the  repurchase  or  redemption of  stock  or  (iv)  for any
transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
 
                                       31
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Officers of PSS serve at the discretion  of the Board of Directors and  are
appointed  to serve, subject to the discretion  of the Board of Directors, until
their successors  are appointed.  The Company  maintains key-man  insurance  for
Messrs. Gilson and Potter, under which the Company is named as the beneficiary.
 
     Directors   of  the  Company  receive  reimbursement  of  their  reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board activities.
 
     Spring has entered  into an Employment  Agreement with Jack  R. Kinne,  the
President  of Spring.  Pursuant to the  Employment Agreement, Mr.  Kinne will be
employed by  Spring  as  its  President until  August  1998,  subject  to  early
termination  by  Spring for  'cause,'  as defined  in  the agreement.  Under the
Employment Agreement, Mr. Kinne receives  an annual salary of $129,012,  subject
to  upward adjustment, and is  entitled to receive bonus  compensation as may be
determined by Spring's board of directors.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The Summary  Compensation  Table below  sets  forth the  cash  compensation
earned  by  or paid  to the  Company's  executive officers  for the  years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995. The table sets forth such compensation  earned
by  or paid  to the  Chief Executive Officer  and the  Company's other executive
officers (the 'named executive officers').
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            LONG TERM COMPENSATION(1)
                                                                        ---------------------------------
                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION         RESTRICTED   OPTION &   LONG TERM
         NAME AND                     -------------------------------     STOCK      WARRANT    INCENTIVE    ALL OTHER
    PRINCIPAL POSITION       YEAR     SALARY(2)   BONUS(3)   OTHER(4)     AWARDS      AWARDS     PAYOUTS    COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------  ----     ---------   --------   --------   ----------   --------   ---------   ------------
<S>                          <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
Peter W. Gilson              1995     $ 221,888      --         --        --           --         --           --
  President, Chief           1994       216,094      --         --        --           --         --           --
  Executive Officer          1993       203,658      --         --        --           --         --           --
Hamilton F. Potter III       1995     $ 137,151      --         --        --           --         --           --
  Executive Vice President   1994       132,128      --         --        --           --         --           --
  and Chief Operating and    1993       123,920      --         --        --           --         --           --
  Financial Officer
Jack R. Kinne                1995     $ 131,012      --      $ 32,000(5)   --          --         --           --
  President of Spring        1994       121,101   $ 25,000      --        --           --         --           --
                             1993(6)    128,712      --         --        --           --         --           --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) The Company has  no long-term  incentive compensation plans  other than  its
    proposed  1996 Stock Option Plan. No options were granted under that plan in
    1995. The Company believes that Mr.  Kinne may be granted options under  the
    1996  Stock  Option Plan  as of  the  completion of  the Offering.  Any such
    options would be exercisable at the initial public offering price set  forth
    on  the cover of this Prospectus and subject  to the terms of the 1996 Stock
    Option Plan.
 
(2) Amounts shown include  compensation deferred pursuant  to Section 401(k)  of
    the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(3) The  Company has  no formal  bonus plan  and does  not provide  for deferred
    awards. The  Company  may  pay  bonuses  based  on  individual  and  Company
    performance.
 
(4) The  aggregate amount of Other Annual  Compensation for each named executive
    officer except Mr. Kinne did  not equal or exceed  the lesser of $50,000  or
    10%  of such individual's base salary and  bonus for the year ended December
    31, 1995.
 
(5) Mr. Kinne received $32,000 in reimbursement for certain costs related to his
    relocation in connection  with the  relocation of  Spring's headquarters  to
    Stockton, California.
 
(6) PSS  acquired Spring in August 1993. Amount shown reflects compensation from
    Spring for the entire year.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     It is anticipated that prior to completion of the Offering, the 1996  Stock
Option  Plan (the 'Stock Option Plan') will be adopted by the Company's Board of
Directors and approved by its stockholders.
 
                                       32
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
It is anticipated  that a  total of 853,500  authorized but  unissued shares  of
Common  Stock will be reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan and that
as of completion  of the Offering  options to  purchase up to  85,350 shares  of
Common  Stock will have  been granted to  certain employees of  the Company. The
purpose of the Stock Option Plan  is to attract and retain employees  (including
officers),   directors  and  independent  consultants   of  PSS  (including  its
subsidiaries) and other affiliates (if any) of PSS and provide such people  with
additional incentives by increasing their equity ownership in the Company.
 
     Options  granted under  the Stock  Option Plan  are intended  to qualify as
incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of  1986,
as  amended (the 'Code'), or  be non-qualified. The Plan  is intended to satisfy
the conditions  of  Section  16 of  the  Exchange  Act pursuant  to  Rule  16b-3
promulgated thereunder ('Rule 16b-3').
 
     It  is anticipated  that the  Stock Option Plan  will be  administered by a
committee of the  Company's Board of  Directors comprised of  directors who  are
disinterested  within the  meaning of  Rule 16b-3. Subject  to the  terms of the
Stock Option Plan, the committee administering  the plan has the sole  authority
and  discretion to grant  options, construe the  terms of the  plan and make all
other determinations and take all other action with respect to the Stock  Option
Plan.
 
     Options  will be exercisable  during the period  specified by the committee
administering the Stock Option Plan, except that options will become immediately
exercisable in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Stock  Option
Plan)  of the Company. See 'Risk Factors -- Effect of Anti-takeover Provisions.'
It is anticipated that, generally, options will vest over a five-year period. No
option will be exercisable more  than 10 years from the  date of grant (or  such
other  period as may be required by the  Code) or after the option holder leaves
the  Company's   employ  (other   than  by   reason  of   death).  Options   are
nontransferable,  except by will or the laws of intestate succession or, if then
permitted under Rule 16b-3,  pursuant to a  qualified domestic relations  order.
Shares   underlying  options  that  terminate   unexercised  are  available  for
reissuance under the Stock Option Plan.
 
     The per share exercise price of options granted under the Stock Option Plan
will be determined by the committee of the Board of Directors administering  the
Stock  Option Plan, except that incentive stock options may not be exercised for
less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Stock Option Plan) of
a share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Currently, the Board of Directors  does not have a compensation  committee,
and  decisions regarding compensation are made by the entire Board of Directors,
including Mr. Gilson, who currently is the President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company, and Mr. Potter,  who currently is the Executive Vice  President,
Chief  Operating and  Financial Officer of  the Company. The  Board of Directors
anticipates establishing  a  compensation  committee immediately  prior  to  the
Offering, the initial members of which will be Messrs. Berkowitz and Gilson. The
Board  of  Directors  also intends  to  establish, following  completion  of the
Offering and  the addition  of  up to  two outside  directors  to the  Board  of
Directors,  an audit  committee on  which at  least two  outside directors would
serve.
 
                                       33
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following  table sets  forth certain  information with  respect to  the
beneficial ownership of the Common Stock as of January 1, 1996, giving effect to
the  sale of shares of Common  Stock by the Company in  the Offering (i) by each
person (or group  of affiliated  persons) who  is known  by the  Company to  own
beneficially  more than 5%  of the Common  Stock, (ii) by  each of the Company's
directors and  executive  officers and  (iii)  by all  directors  and  executive
officers as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NUMBER OF        PERCENT OF TOTAL
                                                                                      SHARES       --------------------
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY     BEFORE      AFTER
                              BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                                    OWNED(2)      OFFERING    OFFERING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>         <C>
Peter W. Gilson.................................................................       840,000       37.5%       16.0%
Hamilton F. Potter III..........................................................       504,000       22.5         9.6
Jack R. Kinne...................................................................             0          0           0
Mortimer Berkowitz III..........................................................       336,000       15.0         6.4
John N. Irwin III...............................................................       498,400(3)    22.3         9.5
All executive officers and directors as a group (four persons)..................     1,680,000       75.0        32.1
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) The address for each beneficial owner except John N. Irwin III is in care of
    the  Company, Route 230  and Eby-Chiques Road,  Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania 17538.
    Mr. Irwin's  address is  care  of Hillside  Capital Incorporated,  405  Park
    Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
 
(2) Except  as indicated in the footnotes to this table, to the knowledge of the
    Company, the persons  named in  the table  have sole  voting and  investment
    power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned
    by  them,  except  to  the  extent  authority  is  shared  by  spouses under
    applicable law.
 
(3) Includes 92,400 shares owned of record  by Mr. Irwin's wife, 177,800  shares
    owned  of  record  for  a  trust  of  which  Mr.  Irwin's  children  are the
    beneficiaries and 226,800 shares owned of record by Hillside, a  corporation
    in  which Mr. Irwin holds a controlling equity interest. Mr. Irwin disclaims
    beneficial ownership with respect to all shares not owned by him of record.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
PREFERRED STOCK INVESTMENT
 
     In December 1995, Hillside, the record holder of more than five percent  of
the  shares of  Common Stock  and the owner  of over  $960,000 in  shares of the
Company's 10% Preferred Stock,  Series A, purchased  1,100 additional shares  of
the  Company's 10%  Preferred Stock,  Series A,  for aggregate  consideration of
$550,000 in cash.
 
     Upon completion  of  the Offering,  the  Company will  apply  approximately
$2,932,000  of  the  net proceeds  of  the Offering  to  redeem all  of  its 10%
Preferred Stock, Series  A and Series  B. Mr.  John N. Irwin  III, a  beneficial
owner of more than five percent of the shares of Common Stock, is the beneficial
owner  of an aggregate  of $2,694,000 in  such shares of  preferred stock, as to
which he disclaims beneficial ownership of  all but $394,000 in such shares.  Of
the amount of preferred stock otherwise attributable to Mr. Irwin, Hillside owns
of  record over $1,510,000 in such shares  of the Company's 10% Preferred Stock,
Series A.
 
STOCKHOLDER ACTION
 
     In connection  with the  Company's loans  from Meridian  Bank, all  of  the
stockholders  of PSS, including  Messrs. Berkowitz, Gilson  and Potter and other
holders of more  than five percent  of the outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,
pledged  their  shares  of capital  stock  as  security for  the  Company's loan
obligations. Upon repayment of these loan obligations with a portion of the  net
proceeds of the Offering, those pledged shares will be released.
 
     Under  the terms of  the Shareholders' Agreement among  the Company and its
existing stockholders  (the 'Shareholders'  Agreement'), the  stockholders  were
granted  certain registration rights, including the  right to be included in the
Offering. Those  registration rights  have  been waived  for the  Offering.  See
'Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights.'
 
                                       34
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The  Company's authorized capital  stock consists of  100,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, par  value $.001  per share,  and 10,000,000  shares of  Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As  of  January  1,  1996,  there were  2,240,000  shares  of  Common Stock
outstanding that were held of record by 15 stockholders. There will be 5,240,000
shares of Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the shares
of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
     Holders of shares of  Common Stock are  entitled to one  vote per share  on
matters  to be voted upon by the  stockholders of the Company. Holders of shares
of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights; therefore, the holders  of
more  than 50% of the shares of the Common Stock will have the ability to select
all of  the Company's  directors. Holders  of  shares of  Common Stock  will  be
entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
and  to  share  ratably in  the  assets  of the  Company  legally  available for
distribution to its stockholders in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company, in each case subject to the rights of the holders  of
Preferred  Stock.  Holders of  Common Stock  have no  pre-emptive, subscription,
redemption or conversion rights. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and
Common Stock being issued and sold hereby  will be, when issued, fully paid  and
non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The  Board of  Directors of the  Company is authorized,  subject to certain
limitations prescribed by applicable law,  from time to time  to issue up to  an
aggregate  of 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock  in one or more series and to
fix  or  alter  the  designations,  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges   and
restrictions  thereof,  including  dividend rights,  dividend  rates, conversion
rights, voting  rights,  terms  of redemption,  redemption  prices,  liquidation
preferences  and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation
of such series, in each case without further vote or action by the stockholders.
The issuance of Preferred  Stock may have the  effect of delaying, deferring  or
preventing  a change  in control  of the Company  without further  action by the
stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders
of Common Stock.  The issuance  of Preferred  Stock with  voting and  conversion
rights  may adversely affect  the voting power  of the holders  of Common Stock,
including the loss of voting control to  others. At present, the Company has  no
plans to issue any of the Preferred Stock.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     Under   the  Shareholders'  Agreement,  the  Company's  currently  existing
stockholders have certain  registration rights. Those  stockholders have  waived
their  right  to  be  included  in the  Offering.  Following  completion  of the
Offering,  the  Company's  currently   existing  stockholders  (who  will   hold
approximately  42.7% of the Common Stock outstanding after the Offering) will be
entitled to  request  that their  shares  of Common  Stock  be included  in  any
registration  of the  Company's capital  stock (except  certain registrations in
connection with employee plans and business combinations). The number of  shares
of  stock to be included in any proposed  offering may be reduced pro rata among
all securityholders included  in such  offering if and  to the  extent that  the
managing  underwriter of  such offering  is of  the opinion  that such inclusion
could reasonably be expected to adversely  affect the marketing of shares to  be
sold  by the Company. The  Company is obligated to  pay the registration fee and
certain other fees and expenses in connection with any registration of shares of
Common Stock pursuant to the Shareholders' Agreement. The registration rights of
the Company's currently existing stockholders  will continue for 10 years  after
completion of the Offering.
 
ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS
AND DELAWARE LAW
 
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
     Upon   completion   of  this   Offering,   the  Company's   Certificate  of
Incorporation will provide  that all stockholder  action must be  effected at  a
duly  called  meeting  and  not  by a  consent  in  writing.  In  addition, upon
completion of the Offering the Company's Bylaws will not permit stockholders  of
the
 
                                       35
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Company  to  call a  special meeting  of stockholders.  These provisions  of the
Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws could discourage potential  acquisition
proposals  and could delay or prevent a  change in control of the Company. These
provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in
the composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by  the
Board  of Directors  and to  discourage certain  types of  transactions that may
involve an  actual  or  threatened  change of  control  of  the  Company.  These
provisions  are  designed  to reduce  the  vulnerability  of the  Company  to an
unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage
certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could
have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for the  Common
Stock  and, as a consequence,  they also may inhibit  fluctuations in the market
price of the  Common Stock  that could result  from actual  or rumored  takeover
attempts.  Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in the
management of  the  Company.  See  'Risk  Factors  --  Effect  of  Anti-takeover
Provisions.'
 
DELAWARE TAKEOVER STATUTE
 
     The  Company is subject to Section  203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law ('Section 203') which, subject  to certain exceptions, prohibits a  Delaware
corporation  from  engaging  in  any business  combination  with  any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless: (i)  prior to such date, the board  of
directors  of the  corporation approved either  the business  combination or the
transaction  which   resulted  in   the  stockholder   becoming  an   interested
stockholder;  (ii) upon  consummation of the  transaction which  resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned
at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time  the
transaction  commenced,  excluding for  purposes  of determining  the  number of
shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and  also
officers  and (y) by employee stock plans  in which employee participants do not
have the right to  determine confidentially whether shares  held subject to  the
plan  will be tendered in a tender or  exchange offer; or (iii) on or subsequent
to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special  meeting of stockholders, and not by  written
consent,  by the affirmative vote of at  least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting
stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
     Section 203  defines business  combination to  include: (i)  any merger  or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder
of  10%  or more  of the  assets of  the corporation;  (iii) subject  to certain
exceptions, any transaction  which results in  the issuance or  transfer by  the
corporation  of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation which has the effect of increasing the
proportionate share  of the  stock of  any class  or series  of the  corporation
beneficially  owned by  the interested  stockholder; or  (v) the  receipt by the
interested stockholder  of  the  benefit of  any  loans,  advances,  guarantees,
pledges  or other financial benefits provided  by or through the corporation. In
general, Section 203 defines an interested  stockholder as any entity or  person
beneficially  owning  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of the
corporation  and  any  entity  or  person  affiliated  with  or  controlling  or
controlled by such entity or person.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
   
     The  Company's  Certificate  of Incorporation  and  Bylaws  contain certain
provisions permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to  the
liability  of  directors.  These  provisions  eliminate  a  director's  personal
liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except
in certain circumstances involving certain wrongful acts, such as the breach  of
a  director's  duty of  loyalty or  acts or  omissions that  involve intentional
misconduct or  a knowing  violation of  law. These  provisions do  not limit  or
eliminate  the rights  of the  Company or  any stockholder  to seek non-monetary
relief, such as  an injunction  or rescission,  in the event  of a  breach of  a
director's  fiduciary  duty.  These  provisions  will  not  alter  a  director's
liability under  federal  securities laws.  The  Company's Bylaws  also  contain
provisions indemnifying the directors and officers of the Company to the fullest
extent  permitted by the Delaware General  Corporation Law. The Company believes
that these  provisions  will assist  the  Company in  attracting  and  retaining
qualified individuals to serve as directors.
    
 
                                       36
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is Bank of New York.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon  completion of the Offering, 5,240,000 shares of the Common Stock will
be outstanding (5,690,000 shares if  the Underwriters' over-allotment option  is
exercised  in full). The 3,000,000 shares sold in the Offering (3,450,000 if the
Underwriters' over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in  full)  will  be  freely
tradeable  without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act
unless acquired by an 'affiliate' of the Company (as that term is defined in the
Securities Act) which shares will be  subject to the resale limitations of  Rule
144 under the Securities Act.
 
     Immediately prior to completion of the Offering, 2,240,000 shares of Common
Stock   (the  'Restricted  Shares')   will  be  outstanding.   Of  such  shares,
approximately 35,000 shares will be available  for immediate sale in the  public
market  without restriction  pursuant to Rule  144(k) under  the Securities Act.
Beginning 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, an additional 2,205,000 of
the Restricted Shares will be available for sale in the public market subject to
certain  volume  and  resale  restrictions,   as  described  below.  Under   the
Shareholders'  Agreement, holders  of the Restricted  Shares also  will have the
right to include their Restricted Shares  in certain other registrations of  the
Company's  capital  stock. See  'Description  of Capital  Stock  -- Registration
Rights.'
 
     In general, under Rule  144 as currently in  effect, a shareholder who  has
beneficially  owned for at least two years shares privately acquired directly or
indirectly from the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, and persons who
are affiliates of the Company, will  be entitled to sell within any  three-month
period  a number of shares that  does not exceed the greater  of (i) 1.0% of the
outstanding shares of the Common Stock (approximately 52,400 shares  immediately
after  completion  of  the  Offering,  or  approximately  56,900  shares  if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is  exercised in full)  or (ii) the  average
weekly  trading  volume  in the  Common  Stock  during the  four  calendar weeks
preceding  such  sale.  Sales  under  Rule  144  are  also  subject  to  certain
requirements  relating to the manner and notice  of sale and the availability of
current public information about the Company.
 
     The Company,  each  of its  directors  and officers  and  each  shareholder
holding  more than  1.0% of  the outstanding Common  Stock have  agreed with the
Underwriters not to  offer, sell or  otherwise dispose of  any shares of  Common
Stock  or options or  any other rights to  acquire shares of  Common Stock for a
period of 180 days after the date  of this Prospectus without the prior  written
consent  of Volpe, Welty &  Company except for shares  offered or sold under the
Company's stock-based benefit plans.
 
     The Company has reserved 853,500 shares of Common Stock for issuance  under
the  Stock Option  Plan. At  appropriate times  subsequent to  completion of the
Offering, the Company may file registration statements under the Securities  Act
to  register the Common Stock to be  issued under this plan. After the effective
date of  such registration  statement, shares  issued under  this plan  will  be
freely   tradeable  without  restriction  or   further  registration  under  the
Securities Act, unless acquired by affiliates of the Company.
 
     Prior to the Offering, there  has been no market  for the Common Stock.  No
predictions can be made with respect to the effect, if any, that public sales of
shares  of the Common Stock or the availability  of shares for sale will have on
the market price of  the Common Stock after  the Offering. Sales of  substantial
amounts  of the Common Stock in the public market following the Offering, or the
perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock or the ability of the Company to raise capital through sales of
its equity securities.
 
                                       37
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to  the terms  and conditions  of the  Underwriting Agreement,  the
Company  has  agreed  to sell  to  each  of the  underwriters  named  below (the
'Underwriters'), and each of such Underwriters, for whom Volpe, Welty &  Company
is  acting  as representative  (the 'Representative'),  has agreed  severally to
purchase from the Company, the respective  number of shares of Common Stock  set
forth  opposite its name  below. The Underwriters are  committed to purchase and
pay for all shares if any shares are purchased.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
 
<S>                                                                       <C>
Volpe, Welty & Company.................................................
 
                                                                          ---------
          Total........................................................   3,000,000
                                                                          ---------
                                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to
offer the shares of Common  Stock to the public  at the initial public  offering
price  set forth on the cover page of  this Prospectus and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession not in excess of $      per share, of which $
may  be reallocated  to other  dealers. After  the initial  public offering, the
public offering price, concession and reallowance  to dealers may be reduced  by
the  Representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be
received by the Company as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
     The Company has granted  the Underwriters an option  for thirty days  after
the  date of this Prospectus to purchase,  at the initial public offering price,
less the underwriting discounts and commissions  as set forth on the cover  page
of  this Prospectus, up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the same
price per share as the Company receives for the 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock
offered hereby, solely  to cover  over-allotments, if any.  If the  Underwriters
exercise  their over-allotment  option, the Underwriters  have severally agreed,
subject to certain  conditions, to  purchase approximately  the same  percentage
thereof  that the number  of shares of Common  Stock to be  purchased by each of
them, as shown in the foregoing table,  bears to the 3,000,000 shares of  Common
Stock  offered hereby. The  Underwriters may exercise such  option only to cover
the over-allotments  in connection  with the  sale of  the 3,000,000  shares  of
Common Stock offered hereby.
 
     Each  of the Company's directors and  officers and each shareholder holding
more than 1.0% of the  outstanding Common Stock has  agreed not to offer,  sell,
contract  to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose of  the  Common  Stock  or securities
convertible into  or  exchangeable for,  or  any  other rights  to  purchase  or
acquire,  Common  Stock for  a period  of 180  days following  the date  of this
Prospectus, without the  prior written consent  of Volpe, Welty  & Company.  The
Company  also  has agreed  not to  offer,  sell, contract  to sell  or otherwise
dispose of any  shares of  Common Stock or  any securities  convertible into  or
exchangeable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire, Common Stock for a
period  of 180  days following  the date  of this  Prospectus without  the prior
written consent of Volpe, Welty & Company, except for the granting of options or
the sale of stock pursuant to  the Company's proposed stock option plan.  Volpe,
Welty  & Company,  in its  discretion, may  waive the  foregoing restrictions in
whole or in part, with or without public announcement of such action.
 
     Prior to  the Offering,  there has  been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock.  The initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be determined
by negotiations between the  Company and the  Representative. Among the  factors
that  will be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the
Common Stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company's
historical  performance,  estimates  of  the  business  potential  and  earnings
prospects  of the  Company, an  assessment of  the Company's  management and the
consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuations of companies
in related businesses.
 
                                       38
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities  that may  be incurred  in connection  with the  Offering, including
liabilities under  the  Securities  Act,  or to  contribute  payments  that  the
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The  validity of the shares  of Common Stock offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Howard, Darby & Levin, New York, New York. Certain legal
matters relating to  the shares of  Common Stock offered  hereby will be  passed
upon  for the Underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel (a partnership including a
professional corporation), New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements  of Physician Support  Systems, Inc., North  Coast
Health Care Management Group and Medical Management Support, Inc. as of December
31,  1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995 and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1994 and for the nine-month period ended September 30,
1995, included in this  Prospectus have been audited  by Deloitte & Touche  LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein, and have been
so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The  Company has  filed with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
'Commission') a Registration Statement under the Securities Act, with respect to
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, filed as part of the
Registration Statement, omits certain information contained in the  Registration
Statement  and reference is made to  the Registration Statement and the exhibits
and schedules thereto for  further information with respect  to the Company  and
the  Common  Stock offered  hereby. Statements  contained herein  concerning the
provisions of any documents are not  necessarily complete, and in each  instance
reference  is made  to the  copy of  such document  filed as  an exhibit  to the
Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such
reference. The Registration  Statement, including exhibits  and schedules  filed
therewith,  may be inspected  without charge at  the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission  at Room 1024, Judiciary  Plaza, 450 Fifth  Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549  and at  the regional  offices of  the Commission
located at 7 World Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New York,  New York 10048 and  500
West  Madison  Street,  Room  1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies  of such
materials may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference  Section
of  the  Commission,  Room  1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450,  Fifth  Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549,  and its public  reference facilities in  New York,  New
York and Chicago, Illinois.
 
     The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual reports
containing audited  financial statements  and quarterly  reports for  the  first
three  quarters  of  each  fiscal year  containing  unaudited  summary financial
information.
 
                                       39


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
                                         HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
     Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.................................................    F-2
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995...................    F-3
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................    F-4
     Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the Years ended December 31,
      1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the Nine Months ended September 30, 1995.................................    F-5
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................    F-6
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................................    F-7
 
NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
 
     Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.................................................   F-17
     Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995.......................   F-18
     Combined Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................   F-19
     Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and
      for the Nine Months ended September 30, 1995.........................................................   F-20
     Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................   F-21
     Notes to Combined Financial Statements................................................................   F-22
 
MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
 
     Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.................................................   F-25
     Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995................................   F-26
     Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the Nine Months
      ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995........................................................   F-27
     Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1995.................................................................   F-28
     Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the Nine Months
      ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995........................................................   F-29
     Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................................   F-30
 
                                   PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
     Introduction to Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)...........................................   F-35
     Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)..........................................   F-36
     Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 1994 (Unaudited)....................   F-37
     Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the Nine Months ended September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)............   F-38
     Notes to Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)..................................................   F-39
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
   
     The  accompanying  consolidated  financial statements  give  effect  to the
completion of the 1,400-for-one split of the Company's outstanding common stock,
which will  take place  on the  effective date  of the  Offering. The  following
report  is in  the form  that will be  furnished by  Deloitte &  Touche LLP upon
completion of the stock split of the Company's common stock described in Note 14
to the consolidated financial statements and assuming that from January 8,  1996
to the date of such completion no other material events have occurred that would
affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements or required disclosure
therein.
    
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania
 
     We  have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Physician
Support Systems,  Inc. and  Subsidiary as  of  December 31,  1993 and  1994  and
September  30,  1995, and  the  related consolidated  statements  of operations,
common stockholders' equity (deficiency)  and cash flows for  each of the  three
years  in the period ended December 31, 1994 and the nine months ended September
30, 1995. These  financial statements  are the responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly,  in
all material respects, the financial position of Physician Support Systems, Inc.
and  Subsidiary as of December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years  in
the  period ended December 31, 1994 and the nine months ended September 30, 1995
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
   
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
January 8, 1996 (as to Note 14)
New York, New York'
    
 
   
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
January 29, 1996
New York, New York
    
 
                                      F-2


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          1993           1994            1995
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
                               ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents......................................   $   656,505    $   575,045     $    18,609
     Accounts receivable -- billed (net of allowances of $35,000 at
       December 31, 1993 and 1994, and $125,000 at September 30,
       1995)........................................................     1,388,092      1,145,539       1,436,794
     Accounts receivable -- unbilled................................     3,000,060      3,207,364       3,948,738
     Prepaid expenses...............................................       297,022        221,194         199,459
     Other current assets...........................................       270,208        328,018         246,965
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total current assets......................................     5,611,887      5,477,160       5,850,565
Property and equipment -- net.......................................     3,511,849      2,982,757       2,577,952
Intangible assets -- net............................................    16,596,892     14,242,663      12,488,051
Deferred income taxes...............................................       --             --              579,322
Other assets........................................................        47,092         30,521         122,164
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total.....................................................   $25,767,720    $22,733,101     $21,618,054
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          LIABILITIES AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable...............................................   $   221,277    $   316,683     $   245,600
     Accrued expenses...............................................     1,940,092      2,132,419       2,516,218
     Short-term borrowings..........................................       --             --              400,000
     Current portion of long-term debt..............................     1,266,667      1,466,667       1,995,333
     Current portion of other long-term liabilities.................     1,011,834      1,037,115         686,372
     Deferred income taxes..........................................       866,715        742,733       1,358,515
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total current liabilities.................................     5,306,585      5,695,617       7,202,038
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Long-term debt......................................................    16,664,096     15,197,430      14,225,097
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Other long-term liabilities.........................................     1,721,223      1,623,391       1,238,122
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Deferred income taxes...............................................     1,008,214        322,293         --
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable preferred stock:
     Par value $.01 per share: authorized 10,000 shares; 10%
       Preferred Stock, Series A and B, stated value $500 per share,
       outstanding 2,000, 2,120 and 2,382.032 shares of each series
       at December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995,
       respectively.................................................     2,000,000      2,120,000       2,382,032
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Common stockholders' deficiency:
     Common stock, par value $.001 per share:
       authorized 100,000,000 shares; outstanding 2,240,000
       shares.......................................................         2,240          2,240           2,240
     Additional paid-in capital.....................................       125,760        125,760         125,760
     Accumulated deficit............................................    (1,060,398)    (2,353,630)     (3,557,235)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                          (932,398)    (2,225,630)     (3,429,235)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total.....................................................   $25,767,720    $22,733,101     $21,618,054
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           --------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                              1992         1993          1994                        1995
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------      1994       -----------
                                                                                    -----------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenue..................................  $8,123,359   $13,080,015   $18,772,920   $14,788,827   $14,630,988
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and wages..................   3,100,517     5,898,379     8,866,498     6,552,343     7,233,522
     General and administrative..........   2,020,847     4,291,026     6,722,621     5,121,350     5,019,914
     Depreciation and amortization.......   1,781,289     2,565,868     3,348,752     2,522,393     2,549,054
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total operating expenses.......   6,902,653    12,755,273    18,937,871    14,196,086    14,802,490
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) from operations............   1,220,706       324,742      (164,951)      592,741      (171,502)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Other expenses:
     Interest expense....................   1,043,484     1,261,939     1,525,850     1,148,843     1,058,598
     Other, net..........................     (10,164)       38,415       186,334       188,940        (2,694)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total other expenses...........   1,033,320     1,300,354     1,712,184     1,337,783     1,055,904
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  (benefit)..............................     187,386      (975,612)   (1,877,135)     (745,042)   (1,227,406)
Income taxes (benefit)...................     171,353      (303,130)     (809,903)     (381,580)     (285,833)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)........................  $   16,033   $  (672,482)  $(1,067,232)  $  (363,462)  $  (941,573)
Preferred stock dividends................    (200,000)     (213,333)     (230,800)     (167,200)     (199,704)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net (loss) applicable to common stock....  $ (183,967)  $  (885,815)  $(1,298,032)  $  (530,662)  $(1,141,277)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net (loss) per share.....................  $    (0.08)  $     (0.40)  $     (0.58)  $     (0.24)  $     (0.51)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Weighted average shares outstanding......   2,240,000     2,240,000     2,240,000     2,240,000     2,240,000
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       TOTAL COMMON
                                                        COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL                   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                      ----------------     PAID-IN      ACCUMULATED       EQUITY
                                                      SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL        DEFICIT      (DEFICIENCY)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance, January 1, 1992...........................    1,600     $ 16      $127,984     $    (3,949)    $   124,051
     Net income....................................     --       --          --              16,033          16,033
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions......     --       --          --            (200,000)       (200,000)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1992.........................    1,600       16       127,984        (187,916)        (59,916)
     Net loss......................................     --       --          --            (672,482)       (672,482)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions......     --       --          --            (200,000)       (200,000)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993.........................    1,600       16       127,984      (1,060,398)       (932,398)
     Net loss......................................     --       --          --          (1,067,232)     (1,067,232)
     Preferred stock issued in lieu of cash
       dividends...................................     --       --          --            (120,000)       (120,000)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions......     --       --          --            (106,000)       (106,000)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994.........................    1,600       16       127,984      (2,353,630)     (2,225,630)
     Net loss......................................     --       --          --            (941,573)       (941,573)
     Preferred stock issued in lieu of cash
       dividends...................................     --       --          --            (262,032)       (262,032)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1995........................    1,600     $ 16      $127,984     $(3,557,235)    $(3,429,235)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    -------------
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------------------
                                                                             1992         1993          1994
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income (loss)..................................................  $   16,033   $  (672,482)  $(1,067,232)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
       activities:
          Pension liability provision...................................      --            18,360         6,920
          Deferred landlord reimbursement...............................      --           --            667,495
          Deferred rent.................................................      --           --                851
          Depreciation and amortization.................................   1,781,289     2,565,868     3,348,752
          Deferred income taxes.........................................     171,353      (303,130)     (809,903)
          Loss on disposal of property and equipment....................       7,744         3,795       202,798
          Provision for doubtful accounts receivable....................      --            35,000        63,203
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable -- billed............................    (264,489)       64,776       179,350
               Accounts receivable -- unbilled..........................    (267,140)      208,446      (207,304)
               Prepaid expenses.........................................     (84,411)      (59,347)       75,828
               Other current assets.....................................     (12,638)     (156,208)      (57,810)
               Other assets.............................................      (1,642)        1,642        16,571
               Accounts payable.........................................      10,999      (117,839)       95,406
               Accrued expenses.........................................      17,748       112,101       192,327
               Operating improvement reserve............................      --           (15,738)     (761,504)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash provided by operating activities...........   1,374,846     1,685,244     1,945,748
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Acquisition of Spring, net of cash acquired........................      --        (2,720,854)      --
     Capital expenditures...............................................    (140,118)     (130,369)     (534,745)
     Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment...................      --            16,735       161,050
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash used in investing activities...............    (140,118)   (2,834,488)     (373,695)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from long-term borrowings.................................      --         8,000,000       --
     Proceeds from short-term borrowings................................      --           --            --
     Principal payments on long-term debt...............................  (1,295,269)   (6,216,731)   (1,266,666)
     Principal payments on capital lease obligations....................     (12,286)     (141,919)     (280,847)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions...........................    (200,000)     (200,000)     (106,000)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash (used in) provided by financing
                      activities........................................  (1,507,555)    1,441,350    (1,653,513)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....................    (272,827)      292,106       (81,460)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..........................     637,226       364,399       656,505
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period................................  $  364,399   $   656,505   $   575,045
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Supplemental investing activity:
     Fair value of Spring assets acquired...............................  $   --       $12,657,486   $   --
     Cash acquired......................................................      --          (312,146)
     Liabilities assumed................................................      --        (2,124,486)      --
     Subordinated note issued...........................................      --        (5,500,000)      --
     Reserve for Spring office move and consolidation...................      --        (2,000,000)      --
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash paid for acquisition.......................  $   --       $ 2,720,854   $   --
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest.............................................  $1,015,881   $ 1,086,525   $ 1,328,405
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
     Capital lease obligations incurred in acquisition of equipment.....  $  224,125   $    84,702   $   294,534
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                        -----------------------
                                                                             1994       1995
                                                                         ----------- ----------
                                                                          Unaudited
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income (loss)..................................................$  (363,462) $ (941,573)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
       activities:
          Pension liability provision...................................        622       6,298
          Deferred landlord reimbursement...............................    --          (60,657)
          Deferred rent.................................................    --          248,343
          Depreciation and amortization.................................  2,522,393   2,549,054
          Deferred income taxes.........................................   (381,580)   (285,833)
          Loss on disposal of property and equipment....................    202,798       6,695
          Provision for doubtful accounts receivable....................    --           90,000
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable -- billed............................   (171,017)   (381,255)
               Accounts receivable -- unbilled..........................   (402,558)   (741,374)
               Prepaid expenses.........................................     13,224      21,735
               Other current assets.....................................   (120,051)     81,053
               Other assets.............................................       (922)    (91,643)
               Accounts payable.........................................    202,572     (71,083)
               Accrued expenses.........................................    157,270     383,799
               Operating improvement reserve............................   (465,620)   (761,232)
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash provided by operating activities...........  1,193,669      52,327
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Acquisition of Spring, net of cash acquired........................    --           --
     Capital expenditures...............................................   (184,137)   (396,332)
     Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment...................    161,050      --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash used in investing activities...............    (23,087)   (396,332)
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from long-term borrowings.................................    --           --
     Proceeds from short-term borrowings................................    --          400,000
     Principal payments on long-term debt...............................   (916,666)   (443,667)
     Principal payments on capital lease obligations....................   (216,536)   (168,764)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions...........................   (106,000)     --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash (used in) provided by financing
                      activities........................................ (1,239,202)   (212,431)
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....................    (68,620)   (556,436)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..........................    656,505     575,045
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period................................$   587,885  $   18,609
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Supplemental investing activity:
     Fair value of Spring assets acquired...............................$   --       $   --
     Cash acquired......................................................
     Liabilities assumed................................................    --           --
     Subordinated note issued...........................................    --           --
     Reserve for Spring office move and consolidation...................    --           --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash paid for acquisition.......................$   --       $   --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest.............................................$ 1,182,893  $  982,496
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
     Capital lease obligations incurred in acquisition of equipment.....$   294,534  $   --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
 
     a.  Description  of  the Business  --  Physician Support  Systems,  Inc. (a
Delaware corporation) and Subsidiary (the 'Company') are engaged in the business
of providing  business  management  services  to  primarily  hospital-affiliated
physicians.
 
     b.  Business Combination -- On August  12, 1993 (effective August 1, 1993),
the Company  acquired 100  percent of  the outstanding  common stock  of  Spring
Anesthesia  Group,  Inc.  ('Spring')  for  approximately  $8,533,000,  including
approximately $3,033,000  in  cash  and a  $5,500,000  subordinated  note.  This
acquisition  was  accounted for  under the  purchase  method of  accounting and,
accordingly, the net assets acquired were  recorded at their fair values on  the
effective  date  of  acquisition.  Results of  operations  for  Spring  from the
effective date of  acquisition through  December 31,  1993 are  included in  the
Company's  consolidated statement of operations for  the year ended December 31,
1993. The  excess purchase  price over  fair  value of  net assets  acquired  of
approximately  $5,756,000 is being amortized on the straight-line method over 20
years.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     a. Principles  of Consolidation  -- The  consolidated financial  statements
include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Spring. All
significant  intercompany  balances  and transactions  have  been  eliminated in
consolidation.
 
   
     b. Revenue Recognition -- The Company estimates fees that will be  invoiced
upon  collection of physician  accounts receivable and  recognizes such revenues
when substantially  all  services to  be  performed  by the  Company  have  been
completed.  Accounts receivable  -- unbilled, represents  amounts recognized for
services rendered but not yet invoiced and is based on the Company's estimate of
the fees  that  will  be  collected  from  clients  when  patient  accounts  are
collected.  This estimate is calculated by applying the Company's management fee
percentage to an estimate of the  clients' collections that will be achieved  on
amounts  billed to patients and their insurers. The Company revises its estimate
of its unbilled accounts receivable each month based on its clients' billing and
collection information for that month. The Company provides for additional costs
necessary to complete the collection process.
    
 
     Accounts receivable  -- billed,  primarily represents  amounts invoiced  to
clients. The Company provided $35,000, $63,203 and $90,000 for doubtful accounts
in  the  years  ended December  31,  1993 and  1994  and the  nine  months ended
September 30, 1995, respectively,  and wrote off  $-0-, $63,203 and  $-0-against
its  allowance for doubtful  accounts in the  years ended December  31, 1993 and
1994 and the nine months ended September 30, 1995, respectively.
 
     c. Cash and  Cash Equivalents --  The Company considers  its highly  liquid
overnight investments to be cash equivalents.
 
     d.  Cash in  Escrow -- The  Company holds  cash collected on  behalf of its
physician customers  in escrow  and  remits amounts  due to  physicians  weekly.
Approximately  $200,400, $2,178,600 and $1,460,700 of  cash in escrow was offset
against due to physicians  on the Company's balance  sheet at December 31,  1993
and 1994 and September 30, 1995, respectively.
 
     e.  Property and Equipment -- Depreciation and amortization are computed on
a straight-line basis over the shorter  of estimated useful lives of the  assets
or lease terms.
 
     f.  Intangible Assets -- Amortization is  computed on a straight-line basis
over estimated  useful lives  of the  assets.  On an  annual basis  the  Company
compares the carrying value of its goodwill to an estimate of the Company's fair
value  to  evaluate  the  reasonableness of  the  carrying  value  and remaining
amortization period. Fair  value is  computed using projections  of future  cash
flows.
 
     g. Income Taxes -- The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with
Statement  of Financial Accounting  Standards ('SFAS') No.  109, 'Accounting for
Income Taxes,' which requires an
 
                                      F-7
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
asset and liability approach to accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax
assets and  liabilities  are  computed  annually  for  differences  between  the
financial  statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in
taxable or deductible amounts in the future, based on enacted tax laws and rates
applicable to periods in  which the differences are  expected to affect  taxable
income.  Income taxes/benefit is the tax  payable/receivable for the period plus
or minus  the  change  during the  period  in  deferred income  tax  assets  and
liabilities.
 
   
     h.  Net (Loss) Per Share -- Net (loss) per common share is calculated using
the weighted average  number of  common shares  outstanding during  each of  the
periods  retroactively restated to give effect  to the 1,400-for-one stock split
(Note 14).
    
 
     i. Unaudited Interim Financial Statements -- In the opinion of  management,
the  Company  has  made all  adjustments,  consisting of  only  normal recurring
accruals, necessary for fair presentation of the results of operations and  cash
flows  for  the  nine  months  ended September  30,  1994  as  presented  in the
accompanying unaudited financial statements.
 
3. PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The unaudited consolidated results  of operations on a  pro forma basis  as
though Spring had been acquired as of January 1, 1992 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1992           1993
                                                                            -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
Revenue..................................................................   $21,067,583    $20,535,293
                                                                            -----------    -----------
                                                                            -----------    -----------
Net loss.................................................................   $  (631,082)   $(1,008,099)
                                                                            -----------    -----------
                                                                            -----------    -----------
Net loss per share.......................................................   $   (394.43)   $   (630.06)
                                                                            -----------    -----------
                                                                            -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ESTIMATED     ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  USEFUL LIFE       1993          1994           1995
                                                  -----------    ----------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                               <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
Furniture and fixtures.........................         7        $  488,051    $  528,914     $   619,060
Equipment......................................         5         1,652,148     1,535,445       1,664,497
Computer software..............................         5         2,650,000     2,650,000       2,650,000
Vehicles.......................................         5            16,768        16,768          27,768
Leasehold improvements.........................        10            63,017       310,760         460,126
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                  4,869,984     5,041,887       5,421,451
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization.................................                   1,358,135     2,059,130       2,843,499
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                 $3,511,849    $2,982,757     $ 2,577,952
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                ESTIMATED     --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               USEFUL LIFE       1993           1994            1995
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Physician contracts.........................       6 - 10     $ 9,883,290    $ 9,883,290     $ 9,883,290
Noncompetition agreements...................            5       3,727,042      3,727,042       3,727,042
Excess purchase price over fair value of net
  assets acquired...........................           20       6,076,005      6,076,005       6,076,005
Other.......................................            5         441,458        441,458         441,458
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                               20,127,795     20,127,795      20,127,795
Less accumulated amortization...............                    3,530,903      5,885,132       7,639,744
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                              $16,596,892    $14,242,663     $12,488,051
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
6. ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                               ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1993          1994           1995
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>           <C>
Estimated costs necessary to complete the collection process
  for unbilled receivables..................................   $  758,041    $  853,411     $   882,105
Accrued payroll, benefits and related liabilities...........      517,394       483,275         619,380
Accrued interest............................................      391,349       588,795         664,895
Other.......................................................      273,308       206,938         349,838
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                               $1,940,092    $2,132,419     $ 2,516,218
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
7. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1993           1994            1995
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Bank fixed note, 7.6% until August 11, 1996, national
  commercial rate plus 1.5% from August 12, 1996 through
  August 1, 1998, payable monthly, $133,333 through August
  1, 1996, $150,000 through August 1, 1997, $166,667
  through August 1, 1998 and $250,000 on August 1, 1998...   $ 7,600,000    $ 6,333,334     $ 5,516,667
Bank term note, national commercial rate plus 1%, payable
  on February 28, 1996....................................       --             --              200,000
Bank term note, national commercial rate plus 1 1/4%,
  payable monthly $13,500 from August 1, 1995 through
  September 1, 1996 and $11,000 on October 1, 1996........       --             --              173,000
Subordinated notes, 13%, payable $1,500,000 on August 30,
  1997 and 1998...........................................     3,000,000      3,000,000       3,000,000
Subordinated notes, 9% on the first $1,350,000 due August
  30, 1997, 0% on the remainder, payable on August 30,
  1998....................................................     1,830,763      1,830,763       1,830,763
Spring acquisition subordinated note, 7.1%, payable on
  August 12, 2003.........................................     5,500,000      5,500,000       5,500,000
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                              17,930,763     16,664,097      16,220,430
Less current portion......................................     1,266,667      1,466,667       1,995,333
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                             $16,664,096    $15,197,430     $14,225,097
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     The  loan agreement between the Company and the bank (the 'Bank Agreement')
and certain of the subordinated notes have covenants which restrict the  payment
of  dividends  on common  stock and  provide that  various financial  limits and
ratios be maintained.  The Company is  in compliance with  all covenants of  the
Bank  Agreement as amended on February 25, 1994. In addition, the Bank Agreement
requires an annual prepayment of the fixed rate note equal to 50 percent of  the
Company's cash flow as defined.
 
     The  bank  fixed rate  note is  secured by  all assets  of the  Company. In
addition, the stockholders have pledged their shares of common stock to the bank
as additional collateral.
 
     The bank's national commercial rate was 8.75% at September 30, 1995.
 
     During the year ended  December 31, 1993, the  interest rate on the  Spring
acquisition  subordinated note was  negotiated from 8% to  7.6%. During the year
ended  December  31,  1994,  the   interest  rate  on  the  Spring   acquisition
subordinated note was negotiated from 7.6% to 7.1%.
 
                                      F-10
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The  aggregate amount of  maturities of long-term  debt after September 30,
1995 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEAR ENDING
                            SEPTEMBER 30,                                 AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
 
<S>                                                                     <C>
   1996..............................................................   $ 1,995,333
   1997..............................................................     4,677,667
   1998..............................................................     4,047,430
   1999..............................................................       --
   2000..............................................................       --
   Thereafter........................................................     5,500,000
                                                                        -----------
                                                                        $16,220,430
                                                                        -----------
                                                                        -----------
</TABLE>
 
     In addition to the above, at  September 30, 1995, the Company had  borrowed
$400,000 under its line of credit with its bank. See Note 14.
 
8. INCOME TAXES
 
     The income tax benefit (expense) consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     ---------------------------------    -----------------------
                                                       1992         1993        1994         1994          1995
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Federal:
     Current......................................   $  --        $  --       $  --        $  --         $  --
     Deferred.....................................     (71,893)    272,668     520,339       163,169      317,520
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                       (71,893)    272,668     520,339       163,169      317,520
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
State:
     Current......................................      --           --          --           --            --
     Deferred.....................................     (99,460)     30,462     289,564       218,411      (31,687)
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                       (99,460)     30,462     289,564       218,411      (31,687)
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                     $(171,353)   $303,130    $809,903     $ 381,580     $285,833
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          1993           1994            1995
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards...............................   $   935,014    $   689,212     $ 1,678,588
     Valuation reserve for state net operating loss carryforwards...       --             (69,374)       (153,821)
     Spring operating reserve.......................................       748,259        459,791         173,547
     Other..........................................................        51,249        208,979         329,853
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                         1,734,522      1,288,608       2,028,167
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Deferred income tax liabilites:
     Physician contracts............................................    (2,095,726)      (847,369)       (708,709)
     Unbilled receivables...........................................      (916,448)      (947,005)     (1,590,281)
     Depreciation and amortization..................................      (595,761)      (554,877)       (503,987)
     Other..........................................................        (1,516)        (4,383)         (4,383)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                        (3,609,451)    (2,353,634)     (2,807,360)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Net deferred income tax liability...................................   $(1,874,929)   $(1,065,026)    $  (779,193)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The  net deferred  income tax liability  is classified  in the consolidated
balance sheet as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          1993           1994            1995
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Net current liability...............................................   $  (866,715)   $  (742,733)     (1,358,515)
Net long-term asset.................................................       --             --              579,322
Net long-term liability.............................................    (1,008,214)      (322,293)        --
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Net long-term asset.................................................   $(1,874,929)   $(1,065,026)    $  (779,193)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
     A reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate and the effective
rate of the provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  --------------------------    --------------------
                                                                  1992      1993       1994        1994        1995
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                               <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>            <C>
Statutory Federal income tax rate..............................   34.0%     (34.0)%    (34.0)%     (34.0)%     (34.0)%
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefits.........    9.1       (9.0)      (4.3)       (4.4)       (6.2)
Nondeductible items............................................    4.4        6.1        6.2        11.9         7.5
Disallowed state net operating loss deduction..................   43.9       13.5       --         --           --
Change in state tax laws allowing previously disallowed prior
  years state net operating loss deduction.....................    --        --         (8.7)      (27.2)       --
State net operating loss carryforwards valuation allowance.....    --        --          3.7        10.9         9.4
Effect of changes in state income tax rates on deferred income
  tax assets and liabilities...................................    --        --         (6.0)       (8.4)       --
Prior year items...............................................    --        (7.7)      --         --           --
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
Effective income tax rate......................................   91.4%     (31.5)%    (43.1)%     (51.2)%     (23.3)%
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
</TABLE>
 
     As of December 31, 1994, the  Company has net operating loss  carryforwards
for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $1,724,000 which expire between
2007 and 2009.
 
     In  October 1995,  the Internal  Revenue Service  ('IRS') examined  the tax
returns of the Company for the years ended August 31, 1992 and 1993. As a result
of the  examination, the  estimated  useful lives  for  income tax  purposes  of
certain  physician contracts were adjusted to correspond to the estimated useful
lives for  financial statement  purposes of  10  years. The  effect of  the  IRS
examination was a reduction in the Company's net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,995,000.
 
                                      F-12
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
9. OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
     Other long-term liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                            1993          1994           1995
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Reserve for Spring operations move, consolidation and improvement.....   $1,984,262    $1,222,758     $   461,526
Capitalized lease obligations.........................................      730,435       744,122         575,358
Pension liability (Note 10)...........................................       18,360        25,280          31,578
Deferred landlord reimbursement.......................................       --           667,495         606,838
Deferred rent.........................................................       --               851         249,194
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                          2,733,057     2,660,506       1,924,494
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
Less current portion:
     Reserve for Spring operations consolidation and improvement......      761,504       806,246         461,526
     Capitalized lease obligations....................................      250,330       230,869         224,846
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                          1,011,834     1,037,115         686,372
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         $1,721,223    $1,623,391     $ 1,238,122
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     On  August 1,  1993 (the  date on which  the Company  acquired Spring), the
Company established  a  $2,000,000  reserve  for  the  move,  consolidation  and
improvement  of the Spring operations. Such reserve was an estimate of the costs
of consolidating operations of the Spring billing offices into one new  location
in a lower cost area and modifying the operating approach to include elements of
the PSS methodology. The Company classifies the portion of this reserve expected
to be disbursed within the next twelve months as a current liability.
 
     The  following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital
leases and the present value of the  minimum lease payments as of September  30,
1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   YEAR ENDING
                                  SEPTEMBER 30,                                       AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------
 
<S>                                                                                  <C>
   1996...........................................................................   $262,562
   1997...........................................................................    221,671
   1998...........................................................................    109,923
   1999...........................................................................     51,112
   2000...........................................................................      --
                                                                                     --------
Total minimum lease payments......................................................    645,268
Less amount representing interest.................................................    (69,910)
                                                                                     --------
Present value of minimum lease payments (of which $224,846 is due within one
     year)........................................................................   $575,358
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
 
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     Spring   provides   pension  benefits   to   eligible  employees   under  a
noncontributory defined benefit pension plan.  Benefits are earned on the  basis
of  credited service and employees' highest five consecutive plan years' average
compensation. The  Plan  was frozen  effective  July 1,  1993.  Accordingly,  no
further   benefits  accrue  to  eligible  employees  after  July  1,  1993,  the
accumulated benefit obligation becomes equal to the projected benefit obligation
as of that date,  and all benefits  become vested as of  that date. The  Company
makes  contributions to  the plan  as necessary  to satisfy  the minimum funding
requirements of ERISA.
 
                                      F-13
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The  following  table  summarizes  the  significant  assumptions  used   in
determining the pension obligations as of December 31, 1993 and 1994:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Discount rate -- pre-retirement...............................................   7.0%
Discount rate -- post-retirement..............................................   5.0
Expected long-term rate of return on assets...................................   7.0
</TABLE>
 
     Assets of the plan consist primarily of investments in stocks and corporate
and government bonds.
 
     Pension cost includes the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1993         1994
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
 
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the period.............................   $  --        $  --
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.................................    (142,407)    (142,660)
Return on plan assets -- actual...............................................      46,331       69,574
Net amortization and deferral.................................................      94,834       66,166
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
          Net pension cost....................................................   $  (1,242)   $  (6,920)
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The  funded status of the pension plan at December 31, 1993 and 1994 was as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1993           1994
                                                                             -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>
Projected benefit obligation (100% vested)................................   $(2,157,713)   $(1,911,160)
Plan assets at fair value.................................................     2,132,433      1,740,219
                                                                             -----------    -----------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.....................       (25,280)      (170,941)
Unrecognized net loss.....................................................         6,920        145,661
                                                                             -----------    -----------
     Accrued pension cost.................................................   $   (18,360)   $   (25,280)
                                                                             -----------    -----------
                                                                             -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
     The Company established  a 401(k)  plan that covers  substantially all  PSS
employees  with one year of  service age 21 or  older effective January 1, 1994.
The Company  did not  make  any contribution  to the  plan  for the  year  ended
December 31, 1994 or for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.
 
11. COMMITMENTS
 
     a.  Operating  Leases --  Future  minimum annual  rental  commitments under
noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEAR ENDING
                            SEPTEMBER 30,                                  TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>
   1996...............................................................   $1,102,203
   1997...............................................................      585,107
   1998...............................................................      454,776
   1999...............................................................      459,948
   2000...............................................................      535,191
   Thereafter.........................................................    1,225,965
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         $4,363,190
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense  was approximately  $351,000, $810,000,  $1,143,000,  $831,700
(unaudited) and $1,009,000 for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994 and
nine months ended September 30, 1994 (unaudited) and 1995, respectively.
 
     b.  Letter of Credit -- The  Company has a letter of  credit from a bank in
the amount of approximately  $121,000 at September 30,  1995 in connection  with
one of its self-insured employee medical plans.
 
                                      F-14
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
12. COMMON STOCK
 
     All  common  stockholders of  the Company  are  parties to  a Shareholders'
Agreement (the 'Agreement') dated  August 31, 1991.  The Agreement requires  the
Company to repurchase, at the request of any stockholder, up to 5 percent of the
shares of common stock outstanding on each August 30 from 2006 through 2010 at a
predetermined  multiple  of  earnings per  share  as defined.  In  addition, the
Company is required to repurchase,  at the request of  any stockholder, up to  5
percent  of the shares of  common stock outstanding on  each August 30 from 2016
through 2020 at a price  per share to be determined  at the time of  repurchase.
The  Agreement terminates on the earlier of (a) August 30, 2021, (b) the sale of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (c) the sale of more than
20% of the outstanding common stock of the Company pursuant to a public offering
registered under the Securities  Act of 1933  or (d) the  merger of the  Company
into  another entity where (i)  the Company is not  the surviving entity or (ii)
the common stockholders of  the Company do  not own at least  a majority of  the
common stock of the surviving entity.
 
13. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     On August 30, 1991, the Company issued 2,000 shares of 10% Preferred Stock,
Series  A (the 'Series A Stock') and 2,000 shares of 10% Preferred Stock, Series
B (the 'Series B Stock') (together, the '10% Preferred Stock'). On February  28,
1994,  February 28, 1995 and August 31, 1995, the Company issued stock dividends
of 120 shares, 127.2 shares and  134.832 shares, respectively, of 10%  Preferred
Stock,  Series A and 120 shares,  127.2 shares and 134.832 shares, respectively,
of 10% Preferred Stock, Series B in lieu of cash dividends.
 
     The Series  A  Stock dividends  are  cumulative and  payable  semiannually.
Should the Company merge into or consolidate with an entity such that at least a
majority  of the common stock of the surviving  entity is not held by the common
stockholders of record as of August 30, 1991, unpaid dividends shall then accrue
at the rate of 12  percent per annum from the  latest dividend date. Should  the
Company  fail to  pay dividends  when due,  the holders  of Series  A Stock will
receive in lieu of  cash dividends additional shares  of preferred stock with  a
face  amount equal  to the amount  of unpaid cash  dividends, at the  rate of 12
percent per annum, having identical terms to Series A Stock.
 
     The Series A  Stock has  no voting rights  except that  the Company  cannot
change  the powers, preferences  or rights of  the 10% Preferred  Stock or issue
securities senior to the 10% Preferred Stock without the approval of a  majority
of the holders of the 10% Preferred Stock.
 
     The  Company must redeem  all outstanding shares  of Series A  Stock on the
earlier of August  31, 1998 or  the date on  which 60 percent  of the  Company's
common  stock is  first held  by persons other  than the  common stockholders of
record as of August 30, 1991. The Series A Stock will be redeemed at its  stated
value  plus an amount equal to all  accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not
declared) to the date of redemption. The Company may at any time prior to August
31, 1998 redeem all, or any number  less than all, of the outstanding shares  of
Series  A Stock at  their stated value plus  an amount equal  to all accrued and
unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to the date of redemption.
 
     Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders  of
Series  A Stock shall be entitled to receive their pro rata share of any payment
or distribution before  any such payment  or distribution shall  be made on  any
common  stock  or on  any other  preferred stock  issued but  not approved  by a
majority of the holders of 10% Preferred Stock.
 
     The Series B  Stock is  identical to  the Series  A Stock  except that  the
Series  B  Stock is  exchangeable in  whole or  in  part, at  the option  of the
Company, into 10% Senior Subordinated Notes  on any dividend date subsequent  to
December  31, 1994, provided the  Company has paid all  dividends accrued to the
date of such exchange.
 
                                      F-15
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
   
     On December 15, 1995,  the Company increased  the total availability  under
its  line  of credit  to  $600,000, and  borrowed  $100,000, bringing  its total
outstanding borrowings under its line of credit to $500,000.
    
 
     On December  21, 1995,  the Company  sold 1,100  shares of  10%  Redeemable
Preferred Stock, Series A, stated value $500 per share, for $550,000.
 
   
     At the effective date of the Offering, the Company will increase the number
of  authorized shares of common stock from  5,000 to 100,000,000, change the par
value of the stock from $.01 to .001 per share and effect a 1,400-for-one  stock
split.  The effect of  the change in  the par value  and stock split  will be to
transfer $2,224, representing  the par  value of the  additional shares  issued,
from  additional paid-in capital  to common stock. All  numbers of common shares
and per share data  in the accompanying  consolidated financial statements  have
been  retroactively  adjusted to  effect the  stock split.  In addition,  at the
effective date of  the Offering, the  Company will adopt  the 1996 Stock  Option
Plan  (the 'Plan').  It is  anticipated that a  total of  853,500 authorized but
unissued shares of common  stock will be reserved  for issuance under the  Plan.
The  per share exercise price of options granted under the Plan will be not less
than 100% of the fair market value of  a share of the Company's common stock  on
the date of the grant.
    
 
                                      F-16


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT
Cleveland, Ohio
 
     We  have audited  the accompanying combined  balance sheets  of North Coast
Health Care Management, Inc., Medical Dental Invoicing Services, Inc., and North
Coast Account Systems,  Inc. (collectively 'North  Coast Health Care  Management
Group')  as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995 and the related
combined statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows for
the years ended  December 31,  1992, 1993  and 1994  and the  nine months  ended
September  30, 1995.  These financial statements  are the  responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility  is  to express  an opinion  on  these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, such combined financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the combined  financial position of  North Coast Health  Care
Management Group as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995 and the
combined  results of their operations, their stockholders' equity and their cash
flows for the years ended December 31,  1992, 1993 and 1994 and the nine  months
ended  September  30,  1995  in conformity  with  generally  accepted accounting
principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
December 29, 1995
Cleveland, Ohio
 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                            1993          1994           1995
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
                                ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents........................................   $   54,674    $  614,977     $   379,799
     Accounts receivable (Note 2):
          Billed......................................................       81,319        16,635         155,651
          Unbilled....................................................    1,407,953     1,217,733       1,250,820
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets........................       14,686        22,119          32,050
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
          Total current assets........................................    1,558,632     1,871,464       1,818,320
Property and Equipment, net (Note 4)..................................      479,037       411,612         318,863
Intangibles and Other Assets..........................................       97,462        65,989           2,387
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
               Total..................................................   $2,135,131    $2,349,065     $ 2,139,570
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
 
                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
     Note payable to bank under line of credit (Note 5)...............   $   20,000    $   65,000     $    75,000
     Current portion of note payable to bank (Note 5).................       40,000        33,333
     Accounts payable.................................................      167,280       170,501          95,646
     Accrued compensation.............................................      636,946       537,446         931,590
     Deferred revenue.................................................                                     23,440
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
          Total current liabilities...................................      864,226       806,280       1,125,676
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
Note Payable to Bank, less current portion (Note 5)...................       33,333
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
Stockholders' Equity:
     Common stock, no par value; 750 shares authorized; 100 shares
       issued and outstanding at December 31, 1993, 1994, and
       September 30, 1995.............................................        2,000         2,000           2,000
Retained earnings.....................................................    1,235,572     1,540,785       1,011,894
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
          Total stockholders' equity..................................    1,237,572     1,542,785       1,013,894
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
               Total..................................................   $2,135,131    $2,349,065     $ 2,139,570
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-18
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              --------------------------------------    -------------------------
                                                 1992          1993          1994                         1995
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------       1994        ----------
                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenue....................................   $5,828,162    $6,204,952    $5,791,893    $ 4,204,184    $4,376,442
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Operating Expenses:
     Salaries and wages....................    3,580,036     4,201,601     3,241,805      2,537,732     2,802,117
     General and administrative............    1,983,942     2,001,539     2,043,313      1,419,544     1,381,868
     Depreciation and amortization.........      152,553       154,605       169,782        127,336       128,826
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Total operating expenses.........    5,716,531     6,357,745     5,454,900      4,084,612     4,312,811
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Income (loss) from Operations..............      111,631      (152,793)      336,993        119,572        63,631
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Other Income (Expense):
     Interest expense......................      (31,183)      (13,478)      (43,423)       (29,753)      (19,154)
     Interest income.......................        3,164         5,062        11,643          1,170           396
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Other income (expense), net......      (28,019)       (8,416)      (31,780)       (28,583)      (18,758)
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Net Income (Loss)..........................   $   83,612    $ (161,209)      305,213    $    90,989        44,873
                                              ----------    ----------                  -----------
                                              ----------    ----------                  -----------
Unaudited pro forma income tax
  adjustment...............................                                  117,500                       12,000
                                                                          ----------                   ----------
Unaudited pro forma net income.............                               $  187,713                   $   32,873
                                                                          ----------                   ----------
                                                                          ----------                   ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-19
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       COMMON STOCK                        TOTAL
                                                                     ----------------     RETAINED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                     SHARES    AMOUNT     EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1992..........................................     100     $2,000    $1,313,169     $ 1,315,169
     Net income...................................................                           83,612          83,612
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1992........................................     100     2,000      1,396,781       1,398,781
     Net loss.....................................................                         (161,209)       (161,209)
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993........................................     100     2,000      1,235,572       1,237,572
     Net income...................................................                          305,213         305,213
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994........................................     100     2,000      1,540,785       1,542,785
     Net income...................................................                           44,873          44,873
     Cash distribution to shareholders............................                         (573,764)       (573,764)
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1995.......................................     100     $2,000    $1,011,894     $ 1,013,894
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                    ----------------------------------    ------------------------
                                                                      1992         1993         1994                       1995
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------       1994        ---------
                                                                                                          -----------
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)..............................................   $  83,612    $(161,209)   $305,213     $  90,989     $  44,873
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
     by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization...............................     152,553      154,605     169,782       127,336       128,826
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable.......................................    (219,572)     142,200     254,904       (24,080)     (172,103)
       Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       3,508      (14,537)     (7,433)      (14,602)       (9,931)
       Other assets..............................................         (51)     (40,669)       (527)         (346)       39,752
       Accounts payable..........................................      46,786       83,601       3,222       (99,686)      (74,855)
       Accrued compensation......................................     106,382      101,948     (99,500)      263,128       394,144
       Deferred revenue..........................................                                                           23,440
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
          Net cash provided by operating activities..............     173,218      265,939     625,661       342,739       374,146
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Cash flows from investing activities -- Capital expenditures.....     (53,949)     (49,578)    (70,358)      (70,100)      (12,227)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net borrowings (repayments) on line of credit..................      50,000     (215,000)     45,000       285,000        10,000
  Principal payments on note payable to bank.....................     (40,000)     (40,000)    (40,000)      (29,999)      (33,333)
  Borrowing (repayment) of note payable to officer...............    (100,000)                               100,000
  Cash distribution to shareholders..............................                                                         (573,764)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
          Net cash provided (used) by financing activities.......     (90,000)    (255,000)      5,000       355,001      (597,097)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.............      29,269      (38,639)    560,303       627,640      (235,178)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.....................      64,044       93,313      54,674        54,674       614,977
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year...........................   $  93,313    $  54,674    $614,977     $ 682,314     $ 379,799
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the year for interest.........................   $  31,183    $  13,478    $ 43,423     $  29,753     $  19,154
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994 AND
         THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
 
   
     North   Coast  Health  Care  Management,  Inc.,  Medical  Dental  Invoicing
Services, Inc., and North Coast Account Systems, Inc. (collectively 'North Coast
Health Care Management Group'  or, the 'Company')  provide various services  for
physicians  located  primarily  in  northeast  Ohio.  North  Coast  Health  Care
Management, Inc. (an  S corporation)  provides practice  management services  to
both  hospital  and  non-hospital  based  physicians.  Medical  Dental Invoicing
Services, Inc.  (a C  corporation) performs  billing services  solely for  North
Coast  Health Care Management, Inc. customers,  and North Coast Account Systems,
Inc. (a C corporation) performs accounts receivable collection services for  the
same  clients. Income taxes are  not provided on earnings  of the S Corporation.
The C  corporations  have  no  taxable  income,  and  no  significant  temporary
differences  or net operating loss carryforwards. The unaudited pro forma income
tax adjustment reflects income taxes as if all the companies that comprise North
Coast  Health  Care  Management  Group  were  C  Corporations.  There  were   no
significant  differences between taxable income for financial statement purposes
and income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 1994 and the nine months
ended September 30, 1995.
    
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles of Combination -- The combined financial statements include  the
accounts  of  the  Company  due  to  common  ownership  and/or  management.  All
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
   
     Revenue Recognition --  The Company  estimates fees that  will be  invoiced
upon  collection of physician  accounts receivable and  recognizes such revenues
when all services to be performed  by the Company have been completed.  Accounts
receivable-billed,  primarily represents  amounts invoiced  to clients. Accounts
receivable-unbilled, represents amounts recognized for services rendered but not
yet invoiced and is  based on the  Company's estimate of the  fees that will  be
collected  from clients  when patient accounts  are collected.  This estimate is
calculated by applying the Company's management fee percentage to an estimate of
the clients' collections that will be achieved on amounts billed to patients and
their insurers.  The  Company revises  its  estimate of  its  unbilled  accounts
receivable  based on its clients' billing and collection information for interim
and annual financial statements.
    
 
     Property and Equipment -- Depreciation and amortization are computed  using
the  straight-line method over the estimated useful  lives of the assets or life
of the lease.
 
     Intangible Assets  --  Amortization  is computed  using  the  straight-line
method over five years.
 
     Unaudited Interim Financial Statements -- In the opinion of management, the
Company  has made all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring accruals,
necessary for fair presentation of the results of operations and cash flows  for
the  nine  months ended  September  30, 1994  as  presented in  the accompanying
unaudited financial statements.
 
3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     An officer  and  director of  the  Company  has an  ownership  interest  in
physicians  groups that are also clients of the Company. Transactions with these
groups accounted for revenue and accounts receivable as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                    --------------------------------------    -------------------------
                                       1992          1993          1994                         1995
                                    ----------    ----------    ----------       1994        ----------
                                                                              -----------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues.........................   $3,205,000    $3,152,000    $2,799,000    $ 2,100,000    $1,988,000
Accounts receivable..............      931,000       848,000       718,000                      781,000
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994 AND
         THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ----------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                         DESCRIPTION                               1993         1994           1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>           <C>
Office equipment..............................................   $633,198    $  703,556     $   715,783
Furniture and fixtures........................................    165,531       165,531         165,531
Leasehold improvements........................................    137,525       137,525         137,525
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
     Total....................................................    936,254     1,006,612       1,018,839
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization................    457,217       595,000         699,976
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
Property and equipment, net...................................   $479,037    $  411,612     $   318,863
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
5. DEBT ARRANGEMENTS
 
     Lines of Credit -- The Company has  a total of $400,000 in unsecured  lines
of  credit available from a bank with  interest (9.75% at September 30, 1995) at
the prime lending rate plus one percent.
 
     Note Payable to Bank -- The Company had an unsecured note payable to a bank
in monthly installments of $3,333 plus  interest at prime lending rate plus  one
percent. This loan was fully paid in September 1995.
 
6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     The  Company provides  defined contribution  employee benefit  plans to the
employees of  North  Coast  Health  Care Management,  Inc.  and  Medical  Dental
Invoicing  Services, Inc. The Company's contributions to the plan are based upon
a percentage of wages (10% for North  Coast Health Care Management, Inc. and  5%
for  Medical Dental Invoicing  Services, Inc.). The  total expense recognized by
the Company for the years  ended December 31, 1992, 1993  and 1994 and the  nine
months  ended September 30, 1995 for the defined contribution plans is $152,000,
$158,000, $145,000 and $113,000, respectively.
 
7. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company has various operating leases for automobiles and office  space.
Rent expense incurred by the Company is:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   PERIOD ENDED                                       AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------
 
<S>                                                                                  <C>
December 31, 1992.................................................................   $309,000
December 31, 1993.................................................................    325,000
December 31, 1994.................................................................    331,000
Nine months ended September 30, 1995..............................................    227,000
</TABLE>
 
     Effective  August 1, 1995, the Company entered  into a new office lease for
$19,519 a month. This lease expires in November 2002.
 
                                      F-23
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994 AND
         THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The remaining future minimum  rental commitments under these  noncancelable
operating leases, including the new office lease, are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  YEAR ENDING
                                  DECEMBER 31,                                       AMOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 
<S>                                                                                <C>
   1995.........................................................................   $   72,674
   1996.........................................................................      296,495
   1997.........................................................................      283,445
   1998.........................................................................      252,926
   1999.........................................................................      234,228
Thereafter......................................................................      663,646
                                                                                   ----------
          Total.................................................................   $1,803,414
                                                                                   ----------
                                                                                   ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
 
     We  have  audited the  accompanying  balance sheets  of  Medical Management
Support, Inc. as of December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995, and  the
related  statements of operations, stockholders' equity  and cash flows for each
of the three years  in the period  ended December 31,  1994, and the  nine-month
period   ended  September   30,  1995.   These  financial   statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, such financial statements  present fairly, in all material
respects, the  financial position  of  Medical Management  Support, Inc.  as  of
December  31, 1993  and 1994,  and September  30, 1995,  and the  results of its
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years  in
the  period ended December  31, 1994, and the  nine-month period ended September
30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
January 5, 1996
Seattle, Washington
 
                                      F-25


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
               DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994, AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               1993        1994          1995
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
                                  ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents............................................   $135,679    $217,890      $  86,234
     Accounts receivable -- Billed........................................     14,001       1,974         10,463
     Accounts receivable -- Unbilled......................................    121,715     182,468        189,881
     Accounts receivable -- Related parties...............................        312       1,150
     Prepaid expenses.....................................................     13,540      12,712          7,472
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
          Total current assets............................................    285,247     416,194        294,050
Property and equipment, net...............................................     32,410       8,499         31,012
Other assets..............................................................      4,501       4,333          4,333
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
               Total......................................................   $322,158    $429,026      $ 329,395
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable.....................................................   $ 16,259    $ 11,477      $  18,508
     Stockholder dividends payable........................................     95,000     150,000
     Accrued expenses.....................................................     17,651      25,106         33,208
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
          Total current liabilities.......................................    128,910     186,583         51,716
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
Deferred rent.............................................................     26,209      20,525         11,124
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $.10 par -- Authorized, 5,000,000 shares; issued, 100
       shares.............................................................         10          10             10
     Additional paid-in capital...........................................        990         990            990
     Retained earnings....................................................    166,039     220,918        265,555
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
          Total stockholders' equity......................................    167,039     221,918        266,555
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
               Total......................................................   $322,158    $429,026      $ 329,395
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-26
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
      AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           DECEMBER 31,                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              --------------------------------------    -------------------------
                                                 1992          1993          1994                         1995
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------       1994        ----------
                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenue....................................   $1,232,117    $1,153,064    $1,437,229    $ 1,062,075    $1,115,514
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and wages....................      567,086       473,064       454,058        343,617       440,838
     Salaries and wages -- Related
       parties.............................      124,632        72,800       112,441         69,851        39,558
     General and administrative............      294,670       278,186       260,816        191,972       184,748
     General and administrative -- Related
       parties.............................       18,297        14,539        27,859         21,835        20,590
     Depreciation and amortization.........       63,327        54,053        21,387         18,437         3,264
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Total operating expenses.........    1,068,012       892,642       876,561        645,712       688,998
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Income from operations.....................      164,105       260,422       560,668        416,363       426,516
Other Expense:
     Interest expense......................        6,737         2,379            46             38            27
     Other, net............................       (4,487)       (2,277)          743          2,342        36,852
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Total other expenses.............        2,250           102           789          2,380        36,879
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Net income.................................   $  161,855    $  260,320       559,879    $   413,983       389,637
                                              ----------    ----------                  -----------
                                              ----------    ----------                  -----------
Unaudited pro forma income tax
  adjustment...............................                                  190,358                      132,476
                                                                          ----------                   ----------
Unaudited pro forma net income.............                               $  369,521                   $  257,161
                                                                          ----------                   ----------
                                                                          ----------                   ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-27
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                 AND NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           ADDITIONAL                     TOTAL
                                                       COMMON    STOCK      PAID-IN      RETAINED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                       SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
 
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>
Balance, January 1, 1992............................     100      $ 10        $990       $ 221,114      $ 222,114
     Net income.....................................                                       161,855        161,855
     Dividends......................................                                      (200,000)      (200,000)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1992..........................     100        10         990         182,969        183,969
     Net income.....................................                                       260,320        260,320
     Dividends......................................                                      (277,250)      (277,250)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993..........................     100        10         990         166,039        167,039
     Net income.....................................                                       559,879        559,879
     Dividends......................................                                      (505,000)      (505,000)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994..........................     100        10         990         220,918        221,918
     Net income.....................................                                       389,637        389,637
     Dividends......................................                                      (345,000)      (345,000)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1995.........................     100      $ 10        $990       $ 265,555      $ 266,555
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-28


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
      AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  -----------------------------------    ------------------------
                                                    1992         1993         1994                        1995
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------       1994        ---------
                                                                                         -----------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Operating activities:
     Net income................................   $ 161,855    $ 260,320    $ 559,879     $ 413,983     $ 389,637
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
       cash provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization........      63,327       54,053       21,387        18,437         3,264
          Loss on disposal of assets...........       8,160        6,836        6,803        10,943            64
          Cash provided (used) by changes in
            operating assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable -- Billed...      10,103       (9,900)      12,027         6,535        (8,489)
               Accounts receivable --
                 Unbilled......................        (509)      50,180      (60,753)      (63,740)       (7,419)
               Accounts receivable -- Related
                 parties.......................                                  (838)         (690)        1,150
               Prepaid expenses................       3,792       (8,918)         828         6,877         5,240
               Other assets....................        (168)                      168           168
               Accounts payable................       5,374          222       (4,782)        3,183         7,031
               Accrued expenses................      (8,812)      (3,581)       7,455         9,631         8,102
               Other long-term liabilities.....      (2,638)       4,802       (5,684)       (2,752)       (9,401)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     Net cash provided by operating
       activities..............................     240,484      354,014      536,490       402,575       389,179
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Investing activities:
     Capital expenditures......................     (10,659)     (10,300)      (4,279)       (4,279)      (25,835)
     Proceeds from sale of assets..............       2,300
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     Net cash used by investing activities.....      (8,359)     (10,300)      (4,279)       (4,279)      (25,835)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Financing activities:
     Principal payments on long-term debt......     (18,303)     (78,287)
     Dividends paid............................    (185,000)    (222,250)    (450,000)     (450,000)     (495,000)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     Net cash used in financing activities.....    (203,303)    (300,537)    (450,000)     (450,000)     (495,000)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents..................................      28,822       43,177       82,211       (51,704)     (131,656)
Cash and cash equivalents:
     Beginning of year.........................      63,680       92,502      135,679       135,679       217,890
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     End of year...............................   $  92,502    $ 135,679    $ 217,890     $  83,975     $  86,234
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
  information:
     Cash paid during the year for interest....   $   6,737    $   2,379    $      46     $      38     $      27
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-29



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 1: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
     Medical  Management  Support,  Inc.  (the  Company  or  MMS),  a Washington
S-Corporation, is  engaged  in the  business  of providing  accounts  receivable
management,  billing, collection,  and related business  services for healthcare
providers concentrated in the greater Seattle metropolitan area. The Company was
incorporated in 1981.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     For physician billing activities, the Company recognizes client fee revenue
on the accrual basis. Practice management  revenue is based on a percentage  fee
of  net provider collections  of receivables from  patient and insurance company
billings. Client fees  are calculated  at month end  and billed  to clients  the
following month.
 
     A  portion of  the unbilled  receivable is based  on an  estimate of future
practice management revenue from outstanding provider receivables. The estimated
amount is calculated  by multiplying  client fee  percentages times  outstanding
provider  accounts receivable  balances, less estimated  provider write-offs and
less estimated  costs  to  collect.  This portion  of  the  unbilled  receivable
estimate is calculated and adjusted quarterly.
 
     In addition to normal billing activities, the Company periodically performs
special  project or  consulting work.  This work is  billed to  clients based on
actual time at standard hourly billing rates.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     The  Company  grants  credit  to  its  customers  for  services  performed;
resulting  accounts receivable  are not collateralized.  Accounts receivable are
charged directly against earnings when they are determined to be  uncollectible.
Management does not expect use of this method to result in a material difference
from  the allowance valuation  method required by  generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Cash  and  cash  equivalents  are   cash  and  short-term,  highly   liquid
investments  with maturities of 90 days or  less that are readily convertible to
known amounts of cash and present an insignificant risk of changes in  principle
amount  due to interest  rate fluctuations. Periodically,  the Company maintains
deposits in a money market account with  a brokerage firm which are not  covered
under  federally insured programs. The money market account invests primarily in
U.S. Government-backed securities.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment  are stated at  cost. Depreciation and  amortization
are  provided by using the straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives
of three to four years.
 
                                      F-30
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
     Expenses  incurred  related  to  nondirect  advertising  are  expensed   as
incurred.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
   
     As  the Company  is classified as  an S-Corporation, all  taxable income or
loss is included in  the stockholders' individual  tax returns. These  financial
statements  do  not include  a  provision for  income  taxes. In  the  event the
S-election is terminated the Company will be responsible for income taxes at the
corporate level. The unaudited pro  forma income tax adjustment reflects  income
taxes  as  if  the  Company  was a  C  Corporation.  There  were  no significant
differences between taxable income for  financial statement purposes and  income
tax  purposes for  the year ended  December 31,  1994 and the  nine months ended
September 30, 1995.
    
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosures  of contingent assets  and liabilities at the  date of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The interim financial information as of and for the nine-month period ended
September  30, 1994, was prepared by the Company in a manner consistent with the
audited  financial  statements.  The  unaudited  information,  in   management's
opinion, reflects all adjustments that are of a normal recurring nature and that
are  necessary  to present  fairly the  results for  the periods  presented. The
results of operations for  the nine-month period ended  September 30, 1995,  are
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.
 
NOTE 2: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTY
 
     Accounts  receivable at December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995,
consist of various accounting services performed by a related party for  Medical
Management  Support,  Inc.  Certain partners  of  the  firm own  a  combined 80%
interest in the Company.
 
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTY
 
     Included in accounts payable at December  31, 1993 and 1994, and  September
30,  1995,  are  payables to  related  parties  of $11,420,  $3,608  and $2,996,
respectively.
 
SUBLEASE AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company subleases office space to a related party at $120 per month and
subleases office space from them at $150 per month.
 
                                      F-31
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 3: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ESTIMATED     --------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       USEFUL LIFE      1993        1994          1995
                                                       -----------    --------    --------    -------------
 
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
Furniture, fixtures, and office equipment...........       3-4        $ 56,687    $ 58,016      $  58,016
Computer equipment..................................         3         104,823      91,133         72,852
Computer software...................................         3          42,953      36,702         37,320
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
                                                                       204,463     185,851        168,188
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......                   172,053     177,352        137,176
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
                                                                      $ 32,410    $  8,499      $  31,012
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     Efficiency in medical billing services is dependent on the use of the  most
recent technology and systems. Investment in new computer equipment and software
is required on a continuing basis due to technical obsolescence.
 
NOTE 4: OFFICE LEASE
 
     Medical Management Support, Inc. entered into an operating lease on October
26,  1990, for the  use of space in  an office building.  Terms of the agreement
specified six  months of  free rent  upon  signing the  lease. Rent  expense  is
recognized  on  a  straight-line basis  over  the contractual  lease  term. Rent
expense recognized  during the  free  rent period  has  been recorded  as  other
long-term  liabilities and  is amortized over  the remaining  lease life. Rental
expenses incurred for operating leases amounted to $48,140, $53,349, $52,106 for
the years ended  December 31, 1992,  1993, and 1994,  respectively, and  $33,553
(unaudited)  and $29,504  for the  nine-month periods  ended September  30, 1994
(unaudited) and 1995, respectively.
 
     Minimum rental commitments on  this lease as of  December 31, 1994, are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
1995.....................................................................   $52,000
1996.....................................................................    26,000
                                                                            -------
                                                                            $78,000
                                                                            -------
                                                                            -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5: MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
     Customers  which represent  10% or  more of  revenue for  each year  are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PERCENT OF REVENUE
                                                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,      ------------------------
CUSTOMER                                                                1995           1994      1993      1992
- ---------                                                         -----------------    ----      ----      ----
 
<C>         <S>                                                   <C>                  <C>       <C>       <C>
    1       ...................................................          21.1%         23.5%     21.3%     17.8%
    2       ...................................................          18.4          20.0      25.0      25.7
    3       ...................................................          19.0          18.7      20.4      21.6
    4       ...................................................          24.4          14.3
    5       ...................................................                                            11.3
                                                                        -----          ----      ----      ----
                                                                         82.9%         76.5%     66.7%     76.4%
                                                                        -----          ----      ----      ----
                                                                        -----          ----      ----      ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-32
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 6: RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
     Substantially all of the Company's revenue is derived from management  fees
which  are based upon a percentage of net collection of health care receivables,
generated by providers on a fee-for-service basis.
 
     During the  past decade,  federal and  state governments  have  implemented
legislation  designed to  stimulate a reduction  in the increase  in health care
costs and it  is anticipated  that such legislative  initiatives will  continue.
There can be no assurance that current or future government regulations will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
 
     Health  care system reform  and concerns over  rising Medicare and Medicaid
costs continue  to  be  high  priorities  for  the  federal  and  certain  state
governments.  Both the  U.S. House of  Representatives and the  U.S. Senate have
approved bills that would reshape  the Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Although
no  comprehensive health care, Medicare, or  Medicaid reform legislation has yet
been implemented,  pressures to  contain  costs and  other market  reforms  have
impacted  the health care delivery system.  These reforms include cost reduction
initiatives by certain employers, health care providers and third party  payors.
Such  proposed legislation,  market pressures, and  market reforms  could have a
material adverse  effect  on the  Company.  In addition,  existing  governmental
regulations  could adversely affect the  Company's business through, among other
things, its potential  to reduce  the amount  of reimbursement  received by  the
Company's clients for health care services.
 
     Certain  market changes  are occurring in  the health care  market that may
continue regardless of whether comprehensive federal or state health care reform
legislation is  adopted and  implemented  and that  could adversely  affect  the
accounts  receivable management services  provided by the  Company. These market
reforms include  certain  employer  initiatives,  such  as  creating  purchasing
cooperatives  and  contracting for  health care  services for  employees through
managed care  companies (including  health maintenance  organizations),  certain
provider  initiatives,  such as  risk-sharing  among health  care  providers and
managed care companies through capitated contracts and integration of  hospitals
and   physicians  into   comprehensive  delivery  systems,   and  certain  payor
initiatives, such as new alliances between health care providers and third party
payors in  which the  health care  providers are  employed by  such third  party
payors.
 
     The  Company is  also subject to  applicable federal and  state billing and
credit collection agency laws  and regulations. In  general, these laws  provide
for  various fines,  penalties, damages,  and other  assessments for violations,
including possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and certain other  federal
and  state health care programs. Although the Company's management believes that
its billing practices comply  with all applicable laws,  the increased focus  by
governmental agencies on billing practices may have a material adverse effect on
the industry and the Company.
 
NOTE 7: STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
     The shareholders have a stock purchase agreement providing for the transfer
of  shares in the event  of a stockholder death  or other disposition. No shares
may be disposed of without first offering them to the existing shareholders. The
agreement provides for a 90-day cash out of their capital balance at the date of
purchase, and a five-year payout based  on an amount equal to the  stockholders'
proportionate  interest  in the  earnings  of the  Company  over the  five years
subsequent to the purchase.
 
                                      F-33
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 8: ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     ------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      1993       1994          1995
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Accrual for compensated absences..................................   $ 9,418    $13,361       $15,266
City, state, and federal taxes....................................     7,292     11,397        17,942
Other.............................................................       941        348
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
                                                                     $17,651    $25,106       $33,208
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9: SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     Subsequent to September  30, 1995, and  continuing as of  the date of  this
report,  the  stockholders of  the  Company have  reached  an agreement  to sell
substantially all of the assets  and liabilities of Medical Management  Support,
Inc.  to another company. It is anticipated an agreement can be reached and that
sale will take place in early 1996.
 
                                      F-34


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
     The  following unaudited  pro forma  financial information  gives effect to
(i)the acquisitions by  Physician Support Systems,  Inc. ('PSS')of the  Acquired
Businesses   (North  Coast  Health  Care  Management  Group  ('NCHCM'),  Medical
Management Support,  Inc. ('MMS')  and Data  Processing Systems,  Inc.  ('DPS'))
effective  upon the completion of  this offering and (ii)  the sale of 3,000,000
shares of  common stock  offered by  the Company  at an  assumed initial  public
offering  price  of $10  per  share and  the  application of  the  estimated net
proceeds therefrom as  described under  'Use of Proceeds.'  The acquisitions  of
NCHCM,  MMS and DPS will be accounted  for as purchases. The unaudited pro forma
financial statements are  derived from  the historical  financial statements  of
PSS, NCHCM, MMS and DPS and estimates and assumptions set forth below and in the
notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements.
 
     The  unaudited pro forma balance sheet  gives effect to the acquisitions by
PSS of NCHCM, MMS and DPS as if such acquisitions had occurred on September  30,
1995.  Such pro  forma balance  sheet is  derived from  the audited consolidated
balance sheet of PSS and Subsidiary as of September 30, 1995, included elsewhere
in this prospectus, as well as the audited balance sheets of NCHCM and MMS as of
September 30, 1995,  included elsewhere  in this prospectus,  and the  unaudited
balance sheet of DPS as of September 30, 1995.
 
     The  unaudited  pro forma  statements of  operations present  unaudited pro
forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 and nine months
ended September 30, 1995. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma statements  of
operations,  the acquisitions by  PSS of NCHCM,  MMS and DPS  are included as if
such acquisitions  had occurred  on January  1, 1994.  The unaudited  pro  forma
statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 is derived from the
audited  consolidated statement of operations of PSS and Subsidiary for the year
ended December 31, 1994  and the audited statements  of operations of NCHCM  and
MMS  for the year ended December 31, 1994 included elsewhere in this prospectus,
as well as  the unaudited  statement of  operations of  DPS for  the year  ended
December  31, 1994. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the nine
months ended  September  30,  1995  is derived  from  the  audited  consolidated
statement  of operations  of PSS and  Subsidiary, and the  audited statements of
operations of  NCHCM  and MMS  for  the nine  months  ended September  30,  1995
included  elsewhere in  this prospectus  as well  as the  unaudited statement of
operations of DPS for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.
 
     Pro forma  adjustments  are  based upon  preliminary  estimates,  available
information  and  certain  assumptions that  management  deems  appropriate. The
unaudited pro forma financial information  presented herein are not  necessarily
indicative  of  the results  the  company would  have  obtained had  such events
occurred at the beginning of the period, as assumed, or of the future results of
the company. The  unaudited pro forma  financial information should  be read  in
conjunction  with the financial statements  and notes thereto included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
 
                                      F-35
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                            PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          HISTORICAL                        PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS
                         ---------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                         PHYSICIAN    NORTH                               NORTH
                          SUPPORT     COAST                               COAST
                          SYSTEMS   HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA     HEALTHCARE       MEDICAL           DATA
                            AND     MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING  MANAGEMENT      MANAGEMENT      PROCESSING
                         SUBSIDIARY   GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS      GROUP          SUPPORT         SYSTEMS    SUBTOTAL
                         ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ----------      ----------  --------
 
<S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
ASSETS
Cash....................       19        380         86           1       (6,000)(a)       (2,500)(b)       (900)(c)   (8,914)
Billed accounts
  receivable............    1,437        155         10         118                                                    1,720
Unbilled accounts
  receivable............    3,949      1,251        190                                                                5,390
Other current assets....      446         32          8           1                                                      487
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
        Total current
          assets........    5,851      1,818        294         120                                                   (1,317)
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
Fixed assets, net.......    2,578        319         31          37                                                    2,965
Intangible assets,
  net...................   12,488                                          6,899(a)         2,234(b)         743(c)   22,364
Other assets............      701          2          4                                                                  707
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                           21,618      2,139        329         157          899             (266)          (157)     24,719
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current portion
  long-term debt........    1,995                                                                                      1,995
Current portion other
  long-term
  liabilities...........      686                                                                                        686
Short-term borrowings...      400                                                                                        400
NCHC purchase note......                                                   1,912(a)                                    1,912
Other current
  liabilities...........    4,120      1,126         52                                                                5,298
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
        Total current
          liabilities...    7,201      1,126         52                                                               10,291
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
Long-term debt..........   14,226                                                                                     14,226
Other long-term
  liabilities...........    1,238                    11                                                                1,249
Redeemable preferred
  stock.................    2,382                                                                                      2,382
Common stock............        2          1          1           1           (1)(a)           (1)(b)         (1)(c)        2
Additional paid-in                                                         1,012(a)           265(b)
  capital...............      126                                         (1,012)(a)         (265)(b)                    126
Retained earnings.......   (3,557)     1,012        265         156       (1,012)(a)         (265)(b)       (156)(c)   (3,557)
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                           (3,429)     1,013        266         157       (1,013)            (266)          (157)     (3,429)
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                           21,618      2,139        329         157          899             (266)          (157)     24,719
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                           PRO FORMA
                           OFFERING
                          ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                          -----------      ---------
<S>                      <C>               <C>
ASSETS
Cash....................        550(d)        4,683
                             13,047(e)
Billed accounts
  receivable............                      1,720
Unbilled accounts
  receivable............                      5,390
Other current assets....                        487
                          -----------      ---------
        Total current
          assets........                     12,280
                          -----------      ---------
Fixed assets, net.......                      2,965
Intangible assets,
  net...................                     22,364
Other assets............                        707
                          -----------      ---------
                             13,597          38,316
                          -----------      ---------
                          -----------      ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOL
Current portion
  long-term debt........     (1,995)(e)       --
Current portion other
  long-term
  liabilities...........                        686
Short-term borrowings...       (400)(e)       --
NCHC purchase note......                      1,912
Other current
  liabilities...........                      5,298
                          -----------      ---------
        Total current
          liabilities...                      7,896
                          -----------      ---------
Long-term debt..........     (8,726)(e)       5,500
Other long-term
  liabilities...........                      1,249
Redeemable preferred
  stock.................        550(d)        --
                             (2,932)(e)
Common stock............          3(e)            5
Additional paid-in
  capital...............     27,097(e)       27,223
Retained earnings.......                     (3,557)
                          -----------      ---------
                             27,100          23,671
                          -----------      ---------
                             13,597          38,316
                          -----------      ---------
                          -----------      ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to pro forma financial statements.
 
                                      F-36



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             HISTORICAL                       PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENT
                          -------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                          PHYSICIAN        NORTH                               NORTH
                           SUPPORT         COAST                               COAST
                           SYSTEMS       HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA     HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA
                             AND         MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING  MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING
                          SUBSIDIARY       GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS      GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS       SUBTOTAL
                          ----------     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------     --------
 
<S>                       <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Revenues.................    18,773         5,792       1,437        895                                              26,897
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries.....     8,866         3,241         566        391         (850)(f)                             12,214
    General &
      administrative.....     6,724         2,044         289        292                                               9,349
    Depreciation and
      amortization.......     3,348           170          21         33          391(g)     121(g)       40(g)        4,124
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
                             18,938         5,455         876        716                                              25,687
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Income from operations...      (165)          337         561        179                                               1,210
Other income (expense)
    Interest.............    (1,526)          (43)      --         --             (88)(h)                             (1,657)
    Other................      (186)           11          (1)     --                                                   (176)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
                             (1,712)          (32)         (1)     --                                                 (1,833)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)..............    (1,877)          305         560        179                                                (623)
Income taxes (benefit)...      (810)        --          --            71          270(j)     176(j)      (16)(j)        (309)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Net income (loss)........    (1,067)          305         560        108                                                (314)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding............
Net income per share.....
 
<CAPTION>
 
                            PRO FORMA
                            OFFERING
                           ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                           -----------     ---------
<S>                       <C><C>           <C>
Revenues.................                    26,897
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries.....                    12,214
    General &
      administrative.....                     9,349
    Depreciation and
      amortization.......                     4,124
                           -----------     ---------
                                             25,687
                           -----------     ---------
Income from operations...                     1,210
Other income (expense)
    Interest.............      1,067(i)        (590 )
    Other................                      (176 )
                           -----------     ---------
                                               (766 )
                           -----------     ---------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)..............                       444
Income taxes (benefit)...        427(j)         118
                           -----------     ---------
Net income (loss)........                       326
                           -----------     ---------
                           -----------     ---------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding............                  5,240,000
                                           ---------
Net income per share.....                     $0.06 (k)
                                           ---------
                                           ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to pro forma financial statements.
 
                                      F-37



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          HISTORICAL                        PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS
                        ----------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                        PHYSICIAN     NORTH                               NORTH
                         SUPPORT      COAST                               COAST
                         SYSTEMS    HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA     HEALTHCARE       MEDICAL           DATA
                           AND      MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING  MANAGEMENT      MANAGEMENT      PROCESSING
                        SUBSIDIARY    GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS      GROUP          SUPPORT         SYSTEMS    SUBTOTAL
                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ----------      ----------  --------
 
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
Revenues...............    14,631      4,376       1,116        718                                                   20,841
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries...     7,233      2,802         481        235         (675)(f)                                  10,076
    General &
      administrative...     5,020      1,382         205        141                                                    6,748
    Depreciation and
      amortization.....     2,549        129           3         24          293(g)          90(g)           30(g)     3,119
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
                           14,802      4,313         689        400                                                   19,943
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Income from
  operations...........      (171)        63         427        318                                                      898
Other income (expense)
    Interest...........    (1,059)       (19)      --         --             (80)(h)                                  (1,158)
    Other..............         3      --            (37)     --                                                         (34)
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
                           (1,056)       (19)        (37)     --                                                      (1,192)
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)............    (1,227)        44         390        318                                                     (294)
Income taxes
  (benefit)............      (286)     --          --           126          138(j)         120(j)          (12)(j)       86
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Net income (loss)......      (941)        44         390        192                                                     (380)
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding..........
Net income per share...
 
<CAPTION>
 
                          PRO FORMA
                          OFFERING
                         ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                         -----------      ----------
<S>                     <C>               <C>
Revenues...............                       20,841
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries...                       10,076
    General &
      administrative...                        6,748
    Depreciation and
      amortization.....                        3,119
                            -----         ----------
                                              19,943
                            -----         ----------
Income from
  operations...........                          898
Other income (expense)
    Interest...........       721(i)            (437)
    Other..............                          (34)
                            -----         ----------
                                                (471)
                            -----         ----------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)............                          427
Income taxes
  (benefit)............       288(j)             374
                            -----         ----------
Net income (loss)......                           53
                            -----         ----------
                            -----         ----------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding..........                    5,240,000
                                          ----------
Net income per share...                        $0.01(k)
                                          ----------
                                          ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to pro forma financial statements.
 
                                      F-38



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                    NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
1. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS
 
   
     (a)  Adjustment  to  reclassify  undistributed  S  Corporation  earnings to
additional paid-in capital and to reflect  the acquisition of NCHCM by PSS.  The
purchase   price  of  $7,912,000  (after   adjustment  for  $88,000  of  imputed
interest -- see note 2(h) on page F-40) is allocated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                             <C>
Current assets...............................................................     $ 1,818
Fixed assets.................................................................         319
Other assets.................................................................           2
Intangible assets............................................................       6,899
Current liabilities..........................................................      (1,126)
                                                                                -----------
               Total purchase price..........................................     $ 7,912
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
        Intangible assets include the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
                                                                                -----------
 
<S>                                                                             <C>
Physician contracts..........................................................     $ 1,691
Non-compete agreement........................................................         295
Goodwill.....................................................................       4,913
                                                                                -----------
               Total intangible assets.......................................     $ 6,899
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
        Useful lives assigned to fixed and intangible assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                             USEFUL LIFE
                                                                            --------------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>
Furniture and fixtures...................................................      7 years
Equipment................................................................      5 years
Leasehold improvements...................................................   Life of lease
Physician contracts......................................................      10 years
Goodwill.................................................................      20 years
</TABLE>
 
   
        The NCHC purchase note bears no interest and is payable in equal monthly
   installments over the 12 months following  the acquisition. See note 2(h)  on
   page F-40.
    
 
   
     (b)  Adjustment  to  reclassify  undistributed  S  Corporation  earnings to
additional paid-in capital  and to reflect  the acquisition of  MMS by PSS.  The
purchase price of $2,500,000 is allocated as follows:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
                                                                                -----------
 
<S>                                                                             <C>
Current assets...............................................................     $   278
Fixed assets.................................................................          31
Other assets.................................................................          20
Intangible assets............................................................       2,234
Current liabilities..........................................................         (52)
Long-term liabilities........................................................         (11)
                                                                                -----------
               Total purchase price..........................................     $ 2,500
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
             Intangible assets include the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
<S>                                                                             <C>
                                                                                -----------
 
Non-compete agreement........................................................     $   100
Goodwill.....................................................................       2,134
                                                                                -----------
               Total intangible assets.......................................     $ 2,234
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-39
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
            NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- (continued)
 
        Useful lives assigned to fixed and intangible assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                             USEFUL LIFE
                                                                            --------------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>
Furniture and fixtures...................................................      7 years
Equipment................................................................      5 years
Leasehold improvements...................................................   Life of lease
Goodwill.................................................................      20 years
</TABLE>
 
     (c) Adjustment to reflect the acquisition of DPS by PSS. The purchase price
of $900,000 is allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ($000S)
                                                                                    -------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Current assets...................................................................    $ 120
Fixed assets.....................................................................       37
Intangible assets................................................................      743
                                                                                    -------
               Total purchase price..............................................    $ 900
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
             Intangible assets include the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ($000S)
                                                                                    -------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Non-compete agreement............................................................    $ 100
Goodwill.........................................................................      643
                                                                                    -------
               Total intangible assets...........................................    $ 743
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
        Useful lives assigned to fixed and intangible assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                             USEFUL LIFE
                                                                            --------------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>
Furniture and fixtures...................................................      7 years
Equipment................................................................      5 years
Leasehold improvements...................................................   Life of lease
Goodwill.................................................................      20 years
</TABLE>
 
         The assumed purchase  price does not reflect any adjustments associated
   with i) any  contingent consideration that  may be paid  in conjunction  with
   this  acquisition or ii) an additional $100,000 of purchase price as a result
   of the closing  of the transaction  taking place subsequent  to December  31,
   1995.
 
   
     (d)  Adjustment to reflect  the proceeds from  the sale of  $550,000 of 10%
Preferred Stock, Series A in December 1995.
    
 
   
     (e) Adjustment to  reflect the proceeds  raised from the  offering, net  of
expenses  and  underwriting discount  and the  use of  proceeds to  purchase the
Acquired Businesses, to repay long-term debt and to redeem outstanding preferred
stock.
    
 
2. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
 
   
     (f) Adjustment to reflect the decrease in compensation expense as a  result
of  employment agreements with NCHCM executive officers entered into as a result
of the acquisition by PSS.
    
 
   
     (g) Adjustment to reflect the  increase in amortization expense  associated
with the intangible assets recorded by PSS in purchase accounting related to the
acquisitions.  The goodwill associated with  the acquisitions is being amortized
on a straight line basis over an estimated life of 20 years.
    
 
   
     (h) Adjustment to reflect interest expense associated with the discount  on
the  NCHC purchase note. The discount rate used in this calculation is 8%, which
the Company  believes  is the  current  borrowing rate  associated  with  seller
financing of this nature.
    
 
                                      F-40
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
            NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- (continued)
 
   
     (i)  Adjustment to reflect the decrease in interest expense associated with
the repayment of long-term debt as a result of the offering.
    
 
   
     (j) Adjustment to reflect the income tax effects of the acquisitions.
    
 
   
     (k) The weighted  average shares  outstanding used to  calculate pro  forma
earnings  per share is 5,240,000 shares, representing the number of shares to be
issued and outstanding as a result of the offering.
    
 
                                      F-41
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
_____________________________                      _____________________________
 
  NO  DEALER, SALES  REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY  OTHER PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS IN  CONNECTION WITH  THIS
OFFERING  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT  BE RELIED  UPON AS  HAVING  BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY  OR  ANY  UNDERWRITER.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT
CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL, OR  A  SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY,  ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES, OR AN OFFER
TO,  OR A SOLICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR
SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY
SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF  OR
THAT  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF  ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
 
<S>                                               <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................      3
Risk Factors...................................      6
The Company....................................      9
Use of Proceeds................................     10
Dividend Policy................................     10
Capitalization.................................     11
Dilution.......................................     12
Selected Financial and Pro Forma Data..........     13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................     15
Business.......................................     21
Management.....................................     31
Principal Stockholders.........................     34
Certain Transactions...........................     34
Description of Capital Stock...................     35
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................     37
Underwriting...................................     38
Legal Matters..................................     39
Experts........................................     39
Additional Information.........................     39
Index to Financial Information.................    F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
  UNTIL          , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN ADDITION  TO
THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                3,000,000 SHARES
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                              --------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                           , 1996
                              --------------------
                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
_____________________________                      _____________________________
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The  following  table  sets  forth all  expenses,  other  than underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection with the sale of
the Common Stock being registered. All  the amounts shown are estimates,  except
for  the registration fee with the  Securities and Exchange Commission, the NASD
filing fee and the Nasdaq fees.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEC Registration fee..............................................................   $ 13,086
<S>                                                                                  <C>
NASD filing fee...................................................................      4,296
Nasdaq fees.......................................................................     33,086
Blue Sky fees and expenses*.......................................................     20,000
Printing and engraving expenses*..................................................    135,000
Legal fees and expenses*..........................................................    300,000
Accounting fees and expenses*.....................................................    250,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees*................................................     10,000
Miscellaneous*....................................................................     34,532
                                                                                     --------
          TOTAL*..................................................................   $800,000
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
* Estimated.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.
 
   
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws set forth the  extent
to  which officers or  directors of the  Company may be  indemnified against any
liabilities which they may incur. The general effect of such provisions is  that
any  person made a party to an action,  suit or proceeding by reason of the fact
that he  is  or  was a  director  or  officer  of the  Company,  or  of  another
corporation  or other enterprise which  he served as such  at the request of the
Company, shall  be  indemnified  by  the  Company  against  expenses  (including
attorneys'  fees), judgments, fines and amounts  paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection  with such action, suit or  proceeding,
to the full extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware.
    
 
   
     The  general effect of the  indemnification provisions contained in Section
145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law is as follows: A director,  officer,
employee  or agent who, by  reason of such position,  is involved in any action,
suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the  corporation)
may  be indemnified  by the  corporation against  expenses (including attorney's
fees), judgments, fines and amounts  paid in settlement actually and  reasonably
incurred  by him in connection with such  action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed  to
the  best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
A director,  officer, employee  or agent  who, by  reason of  such position,  is
involved  in any action  or suit by  or in the  right of the  corporation may be
indemnified by  the corporation  against  expenses (including  attorneys'  fees)
actually  and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with the  defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he  acted in good faith and in a manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of the
corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim,
issue or matter  as to which  he shall have  been adjudged to  be liable to  the
corporation  unless  and  only  to  the  extent  that  a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction shall approve such indemnification.
    
 
     The Company's Certificate  of Incorporation provides  that, to the  maximum
extent  permitted under the General Corporation Law  of the State of Delaware, a
director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or to  any
of  its stockholders  for monetary  damages for  breach of  fiduciary duty  as a
director of the Company. Section  102(b)(7) of the Delaware General  Corporation
Law  permits a corporation to include in its charter a provision that eliminates
or limits  the  personal liability  of  a director  to  the corporation  or  its
stockholders  for monetary damages  for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,
provided that such  provision shall not  eliminate or limit  the liability of  a
director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation
or  its stockholders,  (ii) for  acts or  omissions not  in good  faith or which
involve  intentional  misconduct   or  a   knowing  violation   of  law,   (iii)
 
                                      II-1
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
under  Section  174 of  the Delaware  General  Corporation Law  or (iv)  for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     Since December 1, 1992, the Company has issued the following securities:
 
          As of  February  28,  1994,  the Company  issued  120  shares  of  the
     Company's  10% Preferred  Stock, Series A,  stated value of  $500 per share
     (the 'Series  A Preferred  Stock'), and  120 shares  of the  Company's  10%
     Preferred  Stock, Series B, stated  value of $500 per  share (the 'Series B
     Preferred Stock'), to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series  B
     Preferred  Stock, respectively,  as of February  15, 1994 as  a dividend on
     such capital  stock. Such  issuances were  exempt from  registration  under
     Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
          As  of February 28, 1995 and August 31, 1995, the Company issued 127.2
     and 134.832 shares, respectively, of Series A Preferred Stock and 127.2 and
     134.832 shares, respectively, of Series B Preferred Stock to holders of the
     Series A Preferred Stock  and Series B Preferred  Stock as of February  15,
     1995  and  August 15,  1995, respectively,  as a  dividend on  such capital
     stock. Such issuances were exempt  from registration under Section 4(2)  of
     the Securities Act of 1933.
 
          On  December 21,  1995, the  Company issued  1,100 shares  of Series A
     Preferred  Stock   to   Hillside   Capital   Incorporated   for   aggregate
     consideration   of  $550,000  in  cash.   Such  issuance  was  exempt  from
     registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>

    1.1*      -- Proposed Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
    2.1       -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 11, 1995 among the Shareholders of NCHC and the Company
 
    2.2       -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 1995 among NCAS, MDIS, the Shareholders of NCAS and  MDIS
                and the Company
 
    2.3       --  Amended  and  Restated  Asset  Purchase  Agreement dated  December  7,  1995  among  MM  Support, the
                Shareholders of MM Support and PSS-Medical Management Support, Inc.
 
    2.4       -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 16, 1995 among DPS, McGriff, PSS-Data Processing Systems,  Inc.
                and the Company
 
    3.1       -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended
 
    3.2*      --  Form  of Amended  and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the  Company to  be in  effect upon
                completion of the Offering
 
    3.3       -- By-Laws of the Company
 
    3.4       -- Form of By-Laws of the Company to be in effect upon completion of the Offering
 
    3.5       -- Shareholders' Agreement,  dated August  30, 1991, among  PSS and  the holders of  capital stock  named
                therein
 
    4.1*      -- Form of 1996 Stock Option Plan of the Company
 
    5.1*      -- Opinion and Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin
 
   10.1       -- Employment Agreement dated August 12, 1993 between Jack R. Kinne and Spring, as amended
 
   10.2       -- Employment Agreement dated August 9, 1995 between Bruce B. Schmoyer and the Company, as supplemented
 
   10.3       -- Agreement of Lease dated August 30, 1991 between the Company and Prospect Realty Company
 
   10.4       -- Office Lease Agreement dated July 20, 1994 between Spring and American Savings Bank, F.A.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
 

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>           <S>
   10.5       -- Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 12, 1993 among Meridian Bank, the Company and Spring,
                as amended
 
   10.6       -- Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note issued by the Company to Meridian Bank
 
   10.7       -- Agreement dated as of December 18, 1995 among Medical Management Sciences, Inc., Managed Imaging, Inc.
                and PSS
 
   21.1       -- Subsidiaries
 
   23.1*      -- Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants, relating to the financial statements of the
                NCHC Group and MM Support
 
   23.2*      -- Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
   23.3       -- Consent  of Deloitte & Touche  LLP, independent accountants, relating to  the financial statements of PSS
                (to be filed by amendment) (see opinion at page F-2)
 
   24.1       -- Power of Attorney (see page II-5)
 
   27.1       -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
*  Filed herewith.
 
   
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
    
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
          (1) To provide  to the  underwriter at  the closing  specified in  the
     underwriting  agreement, certificates in  such denominations and registered
     in such names as required by  the underwriter to permit prompt delivery  to
     each purchaser.
 
          (2)   That  for  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
     Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
     filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
     contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to  Rule
     424(b)(1)  or (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities Act shall be deemed to be
     part of  this  registration  statement  as of  the  time  it  was  declared
     effective.
 
          (3)  That  for  the purpose  of  determining any  liability  under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a  form
     of  prospectus shall be deemed to  be a new registration statement relating
     to the securities offered therein, and  the offering of such securities  at
     that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of  1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  registrant
has  been advised that in the opinion  of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against  public policy as expressed  in the Act and  is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses  incurred
or  paid by a director,  officer or controlling person  of the registrant in the
successful defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by  such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the question whether such indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-3


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement to be  signed
on  its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New
York, State of New York, on January 29, 1996.
    
 
                                          PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                          By      /s/ HAMILTON F. POTTER III
                                             ...................................
                                                NAME: HAMILTON F. POTTER III
                                              TITLE: EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
 
     PURSUANT  TO  THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,   THIS
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  HAS  BEEN  SIGNED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  PERSONS  IN  THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATE INDICATED.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------   -------------------
 
<C>                                         <S>                                            <C>
                    *                       President, Chief Executive Officer and          January 29, 1996
 .........................................    Director (principal executive officer)
             PETER W. GILSON
 
        /S/ HAMILTON F. POTTER III          Executive Vice President, Chief Operating       January 29, 1996
 .........................................    and Financial Officer and Director
          HAMILTON F. POTTER III              (principal accounting and financial
                                              officer)
 
        /S/ MORTIMER BERKOWITZ III          Director                                        January 29, 1996
 .........................................
          MORTIMER BERKOWITZ III
 
    *By    /s/ Hamilton F. Potter III
 .........................................
          HAMILTON F. POTTER III
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4


                            GRAPHIC APPENDIX

Graphic and Image Information:

Page 2 of the paper format prospectus contains a map of the continental
United States, illustrating that (i) PSS Centralized Processing
Centers exist in Stockton, CA and Mt. Joy, PA; (ii) Main Offices and/or
Processing Facilities of Acquired Businesses exist in Seattle, WA,
Cleveland, OH and Birmingham, AL; (iii) PSS operates in Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, California, Arizona, Florida, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts
and Virginia; and (iv) Acquired Businesses operate in Alabama, Kentucky, Ohio,
Washington and West Virginia.



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                            EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 LOCATION OF EXHIBIT
EXHIBIT                                                                                                             IN SEQUENTIAL
NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                                                     NUMBERING SYSTEM
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>                                                                                                <C>

    1.1*      -- Proposed Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
    2.1       -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 11, 1995 among the Shareholders of NCHC and the Company
 
    2.2       -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 1995 among NCAS, MDIS, the Shareholders of NCAS and  MDIS
                and the Company
 
    2.3       --  Amended  and  Restated  Asset  Purchase  Agreement dated  December  7,  1995  among  MM  Support, the
                Shareholders of MM Support and PSS-Medical Management Support, Inc.
 
    2.4       -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 16, 1995 among DPS, McGriff, PSS-Data Processing Systems,  Inc.
                and the Company
 
    3.1       -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended
 
    3.2*      --  Form  of Amended  and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the  Company to  be in  effect upon
                completion of the Offering
 
    3.3       -- By-Laws of the Company
 
    3.4       -- Form of By-Laws of the Company to be in effect upon completion of the Offering
 
    3.5       -- Shareholders' Agreement,  dated August  30, 1991, among  PSS and  the holders of  capital stock  named
                therein
 
    4.1*      -- Form of 1996 Stock Option Plan of the Company
 
    5.1*      -- Opinion and Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin
 
   10.1       -- Employment Agreement dated August 12, 1993 between Jack R. Kinne and Spring, as amended
 
   10.2       -- Employment Agreement dated August 9, 1995 between Bruce B. Schmoyer and the Company, as supplemented
 
   10.3       -- Agreement of Lease dated August 30, 1991 between the Company and Prospect Realty Company
 
   10.4       -- Office Lease Agreement dated July 20, 1994 between Spring and American Savings Bank, F.A.

   10.5       -- Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 12, 1993 among Meridian Bank, the Company and Spring,
                as amended
 
   10.6       -- Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note issued by the Company to Meridian Bank
 
   10.7       -- Agreement dated as of December 18, 1995 among Medical Management Sciences, Inc., Managed Imaging, Inc.
                and PSS
 
   21.1       -- Subsidiaries
 
   23.1*      -- Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants, relating to the financial statements of the
                NCHC Group and MM Support
 
   23.2*      -- Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
   23.3       Consent  of Deloitte & Touche  LLP, independent accountants, relating to  the financial statements of PSS
                (to be filed by amendment) (see opinion at page F-2)
 
   24.1       -- Power of Attorney (see page II-5)
 
   27.1       -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

 
- ------------
 
*  Filed herewith.
 

<PAGE>




 
<PAGE>


   
                       3,000,000 Shares(1)
    

                PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.

                         Common Stock

                    UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                              February __, 1996
Volpe, Welty & Company
One Maritime Plaza, Suite 1100 
San Francisco, California  94111 
As Representative of the Several Underwriters

Dear Sirs and Madams:

   
          Physician Support Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"
or "PSS"), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, to
issue and sell 3,000,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") of its authorized but
unissued common stock, $.001 par value per share (the "Common Stock"). The
Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters (as defined below) an option to
purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock (the "Optional Shares"
and, with the Firm Shares, collectively, the "Shares"). The Common Stock is more
fully described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus hereinafter
mentioned.
    

          The Company hereby confirms the agreements made with respect to the
purchase of the shares by the several underwriters, named in Schedule I hereto,
for whom you are acting as representative (collectively, the "Underwriters,"
which term shall also include any underwriter purchasing Shares pursuant to
Section 2(c) hereof). You represent and warrant that you have been authorized by
each of the other Underwriters to enter into this Agreement on its behalf and to
act for it in the manner herein provided.

   
          The Shares are being issued and sold concurrently with the
acquisitions (the "Acquisitions") by the Company of (i) North Coast Health Care
Management, Inc. ("NCHC") pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated September
11, 1995 (the
    
___________________
   
(1)  Plus an option to purchase from the Company up to 450,000
     additional shares to cover over-allotments.

    


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -2-


   

"NCHC Agreement") among the stockholders of NCHC and PSS, (ii) North Coast
Account Systems ("NCAS") and Medical Dental Invoicing Services, Inc. ("MDIS")
pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 1995 (the "NCAS/MDIS
Agreement" and, together with the NCHC Agreement, the "Cleveland Agreements")
among NCAS, MDIS, the stockholders of NCAS and MDIS and PSS, (iii) Medical
Management Support, Inc. ("MM Support") pursuant to an Amended and Restated
Asset Purchase Agreement (the "MM Support Agreement") dated December 7, 1995
among MM Support, the shareholders of MM Support and PSS Medical Management
Support, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company, and (iv) Data Processing Systems, Inc. ("DPS") pursuant to an Asset
Purchase Agreement dated October 16, 1995 (the "DPS Agreement") among DPS,
McGriff Seibels & Williams Inc. ("McGriff"), PSS-Data Processing Systems, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation and wholly- owned subsidiary of the Company. The
Cleveland Agreements, the MM Support Agreement and the DPS Agreement are herein
collectively referred to as the "Acquisition Agreements." References herein to
the "Company" will refer to (i) PSS, before and after the Acquisitions, and (ii)
each of NCHC, MDIS, MM Support and DPS before and after consummation of the
Acquisitions.
    

          Section 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
hereby represents and warrants to the several Underwriters as of the date hereof
and as of each Closing Date (as defined below) that:

   
          (a) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-80731),
     including the related preliminary prospectus, for the registration under
     the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") of the
     Shares; such registration statement, including the form of prospectus,
     together with all amendments thereto, has been prepared by the Company in
     all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Act and
     the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Copies of such
     registration statement and of each amendment thereto, if any, including the
     related preliminary prospectus (meeting the requirements of Rule 430A of
     the rules and regulations of the Commission) heretofore filed by the
     Company with the Commission, have been delivered to you.
    


          The term Registration Statement as used in this agreement shall mean
     such registration statement,


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -3-





     including all exhibits and financial statements, all information omitted
     therefrom in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the Prospectus
     referred to below, in the form in which it became effective, and any
     registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the rules and
     regulations of the Commission with respect to the Shares (a "Rule 462(b)
     Registration Statement"), and, in the event of any amendment thereto after
     the effective date of such registration statement (the "Effective Date"),
     shall also mean (from and after the effectiveness of such amendment) such
     registration statement as so amended (including any Rule 462(b)
     Registration Statement). The term Prospectus as used in this Agreement
     shall mean the prospectus relating to the Shares first filed with the
     Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A (or if no such filing is
     required, as included in the Registration Statement) and, in the event of
     any supplement or amendment to such prospectus after the Effective Date,
     shall also mean (from and after the filing with the Commission of such
     supplement or the effectiveness of such amendment) such prospectus as so
     supplemented or amended. The term Preliminary Prospectus as used in this
     Agreement shall mean each preliminary prospectus included in such
     registration statement prior to the time it becomes effective.

          The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the
     Securities Act, and no post-effective amendment to the Registration
     Statement has been filed as of the date of this Agreement. The Company has
     caused to be delivered to you copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and has
     consented to the use of such copies for the purposes permitted by the
     Securities Act.

          (b) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly
     incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
     under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has full corporate
     power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business
     as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as being
     conducted, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good
     standing in all jurisdictions in which the character of the property owned
     or leased or the nature of the business transacted by it makes
     qualification necessary (except where the failure to be so qualified would
     not have a material adverse effect on the business, business prospects,
     properties, condition



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -4-




     (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its
     subsidiaries, taken as a whole).

   
          (c) The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any
     corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed
     in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement. Except as described in the
     Prospectus, the Company owns all of the outstanding capital stock of its
     subsidiaries free and clear of all claims, liens, charges and encumbrances,
     except that such capital stock of Spring Anesthesia Group, Inc., a
     subsidiary of PSS is pledged to Meridian Bank to secure the Company's
     obligations due such bank. The Company and each of its subsidiaries are in
     possession of and operating in compliance with all material authorizations,
     licenses, permits, consents, certificates and orders material to the
     conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Prospectus, all
     of which are valid and in full force and effect.
    

          (d) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any
     materially adverse change in the business, business prospects, properties,
     condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company
     and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from
     transactions in the ordinary course of business, other than as set forth in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and since such dates, except
     in the ordinary course of business, neither the Company nor any of its
     subsidiaries has entered into any material transaction not referred to in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (e) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply, and on the
     Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and any later date on which Optional
     Shares are to be purchased, the Prospectus will comply, in all material
     respects, with the provisions of the Securities Act and the rules and
     regulations of the Commission thereunder; on the Effective Date, the
     Registration Statement did not contain any untrue statement of a material
     fact and did not omit to state any material fact required to be stated
     therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not
     misleading; and, on the Effective Date the Prospectus did not and, on the
     Closing Date and any later date on which Optional Shares are to be
     purchased, will


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -5-




   
     not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
     provided, however, that none of the representations and warranties in this
     subparagraph (e) shall apply to statements in, or omissions from, the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in
     conformity with information herein or otherwise furnished in writing to the
     Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters for use in the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus.
    
   

          (f) The Company has the authorized and outstanding capital stock as
     set forth under the heading "Capitalization" in the Prospectus. The issued
     and outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and
     validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in
     compliance with all federal and state securities laws, and were not issued
     in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to
     subscribe for or purchase securities. All issued and outstanding shares of
     capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized
     and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. Except as
     disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus and the financial statements
     of the Company and the related notes thereto included in the Prospectus,
     neither the Company nor any subsidiary has outstanding any options to
     purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to
     purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts
     or commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such
     options, rights, convertible securities or obligations. The description of
     the Company's stock option plan (the "Stock Option Plan") and the options
     granted and exercised thereunder, set forth in the Prospectus accurately
     and fairly presents the information required by the Securities Act and the
     Rules and Regulations to be shown with respect to such Stock Option Plan
     and options.
    

          (g) The Shares are duly authorized and, when issued and sold to the
     Underwriters in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be
     validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conform to the description
     thereof in the Prospectus; the certificates for the Shares that are being
     sold by the Company are in due and proper form; and the holders of such
     shares will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such
     holders.


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -6-



   

          (h) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company will be authorized
     for listing on the Nasdaq National Market upon official notice of issuance.
    

          (i) The Shares to be sold by the Company will be sold free and clear
     of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable
     interest, and will conform to the description thereof contained in the
     Prospectus. No preemptive right, co-sale right, registration right, right
     of first refusal or other similar right to subscribe for or purchase
     securities of the Company exists with respect to the issuance and sale of
     the Shares by the Company pursuant to this Agreement. No stockholder of the
     Company has any right which has not been waived, or complied with, to
     require the Company to register the sale of any shares owned by such
     stockholder under the Securities Act in the public offering contemplated by
     this Agreement. No further approval or authority of the shareholders or the
     Board of Directors of the Company will be required for the issuance and
     sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company as contemplated herein.

          (j) The Company and its subsidiaries (to the extent each is a party
     thereto) have full corporate power and authority to enter into this
     Agreement and the Acquisition Agreements and perform the transactions
     contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the Acquisition
     Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company
     and each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company and its
     subsidiaries (to the extent each is party thereto) enforceable in
     accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
     general equitable principles, bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
     moratorium laws affecting creditors' rights generally and except as to
     those provisions relating to indemnity or contribution for liabilities
     arising under federal and state securities laws. The making and performance
     of this Agreement and the Acquisition Agreements by the Company and its
     subsidiaries (to the extent each is a party thereto) and the consummation
     of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (i) will not violate
     any provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other
     organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and
     (ii) will not conflict with, result in a material breach or violation of,
     or constitute, either by itself or upon notice or the passage of time or
     both, a material default under (A) any




<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -7-




     agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, franchise, license, indenture,
     permit or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries
     is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of
     their respective properties may be bound or affected, or (B) any statute or
     any authorization, judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation of any court
     or any regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body
     applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their
     respective properties. No consent, approval, authorization or other order
     of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     body that has not already been obtained is required for the execution and
     delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement, except for compliance with the Securities
     Act, the Blue Sky laws applicable to the public offering of the Shares by
     the several Underwriters and the clearance of such offering with the NASD.

   
          (k) The historical consolidated financial statements and schedules of
     the Company and the related notes thereto included in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus present fairly on a consolidated basis the
     financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the respective
     dates of such financial statements and schedules, and the results of
     operations and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the
     respective periods covered thereby. Such statements, schedules and related
     notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods specified,
     as certified by the independent accountants named in Section 9(f). No other
     financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the
     Registration Statement. The selected financial data set forth in the
     Prospectus under the captions "Capitalization" and ["Selected Financial and
     Pro Forma Financial Data"] fairly present the information set forth therein
     on the basis stated in the Registration Statement.
    
   

          (l) (i) The pro forma financial statements and other pro forma
     financial information (including the notes thereto) included in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in
     existence, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus) (A) have been prepared
     in accordance with applicable requirements of Rule 11-02
    



 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -8-




   

     of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Act, and (B) have been properly
     computed on the bases described therein, (ii) the assumptions used in the
     preparation of the pro forma financial statements and other pro forma
     financial information included in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus are, to the knowledge of the Company, reasonable and the
     adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions
     or circumstances referred to therein.
    
   

          (m) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal
     accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i)
     transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or
     specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to
     permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets,
     (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's
     general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for
     assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and
     appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The
     representations and warranties given by the Company and its officers to its
     independent public accountants for the purpose of supporting the letters
     referred to in Section 9(f) are true and correct.
    
   

          (n) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in
     violation or default of any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation,
     Bylaws or other organizational documents, or (ii) in a material breach of
     or default with respect to any provision of any agreement, judgment,
     decree, order, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, franchise, license,
     indenture, permit or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it
     or any of its properties are bound; and there does not exist any state of
     facts which, with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such a
     breach or default on the part of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
     a whole.
    
   

          (o) There are no contracts or other documents required to be described
     in the Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits to the
     Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the Rules and
     Regulations which have not been described or filed as required. The
    
 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                       -9-





     contracts so described in the Prospectus are in full force and effect on
     the date hereof.
   

          (p) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no legal or
     governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of
     the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
     or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened to be made a party or of
     which property owned or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
     or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened to be made the subject,
     which actions, suits or proceedings could, individually or in the
     aggregate, prevent or adversely affect the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement or the Acquisition Agreements or result in a material
     adverse change in the business, business prospects, properties, condition
     (financial or otherwise), or results of operations of the Company or its
     subsidiaries; and no labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or
     any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is
     imminent which could materially adversely affect the business, business
     prospects, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), or results of
     operations of the Company or its subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any
     of its subsidiaries is a party or subject to the provisions of any material
     injunction, judgment, decree or order of any court, regulatory body,
     administrative agency or other governmental body. Except as disclosed in
     the Prospectus, there are no material legal or governmental actions, suits
     or proceedings pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened against
     any executive officers or directors of the Company.
    
   

          (q) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to
     all the properties and assets reflected as owned in the financial
     statements hereinabove described (or elsewhere in the Prospectus), subject
     to no lien, mortgage, pledge, charge or encumbrance of any kind except (i)
     those, if any, reflected in such financial statements (or elsewhere in the
     Prospectus), or (ii) those which are not material in amount to the Company
     or its subsidiaries, and do not adversely affect the use made and proposed
     to be made of such property by the Company or its subsidiaries. The Company
     and its subsidiaries hold their leased properties under valid and binding
     leases. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its
     subsidiaries own or lease all such properties as are

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -10-





     necessary to their operations as now conducted or as proposed to be
     conducted.
   

          (r) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus, and except as described in or
     specifically contemplated by the Prospectus: (i) the Company and its
     subsidiaries have not (A) incurred any liabilities or obligations,
     indirect, direct or contingent, or (B) entered into any oral or written
     agreement or other transaction which in the case of (A) or (B) is not in
     the ordinary course of business; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have
     not sustained any material loss or interference with their respective
     businesses or properties from fire, flood, windstorm, accident or other
     calamity, whether or not covered by insurance; (iii) the Company has not
     paid or declared any dividends or other distributions with respect to its
     capital stock and the Company and its subsidiaries are not in default in
     the payment of principal or interest on any outstanding debt obligations;
     (iv) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company
     (other than upon the sale of the Shares hereunder or upon the exercise of
     any options or warrants disclosed in the Prospectus); (v) there has not
     been any material increase in the short- or long-term debt of the Company
     and its subsidiaries; and (vi) there has not been any material adverse
     change or any development involving or which may reasonably be expected to
     involve a prospective material adverse change, in the business, business
     prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), properties, or results of
     operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.
    
   

          (s) The Company and its subsidiaries are conducting business in
     compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the
     jurisdictions in which they are conducting business, except where the
     failure to be so in compliance would not have a material adverse effect on
     the business, business prospects, properties, condition
     (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the
     Company or its subsidiaries.
    
   

          (t) The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all necessary federal,
     state and foreign income and franchise tax returns, and all such tax
     returns are complete and correct in all material respects, and the Company
     and its subsidiaries have not failed to pay any taxes which were payable
     pursuant to said returns or any assessments with

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -11-



   

     respect thereto. The Company has no knowledge of any tax deficiency which
     has been or is likely to be threatened or asserted against the Company or
     its subsidiaries when, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its
     subsidiaries, is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on
     business, business prospects, properties, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or results of operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.
    
   

          (u) The Company has not distributed, and will not distribute prior to
     the later to occur of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares, or
     (ii) the expiration of any time period within which a dealer is required
     under the Securities Act to deliver a prospectus relating to the Shares,
     any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the
     Shares other than the Prospectus, the Registration Statement and any other
     materials permitted by the Securities Act and consented to by the
     Underwriters.
    
   

          (v) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries maintains insurance of
     the types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for their business,
     including, but not limited to, directors' and officers' insurance,
     insurance covering real and personal property owned or leased by the
     Company and its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of
     vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against, all of which
     insurance is in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any of its
     subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for,
     and the Company and its subsidiaries have no reason to believe that they
     will not be able to renew their existing insurance coverage as and when
     such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers
     as may be necessary to continue its businesses at a cost that would not
     materially adversely affect the business, business prospects, properties,
     condition (financial or otherwise) or results of
     operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.
    
   

          (w) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any of their
     employees or agents has at any time during the last five years (i) made any
     unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office, or failed to
     disclose fully any contribution in violation of law, or (ii) made any
     payment to any foreign, federal or state governmental officer or official
     or other person charged with similar


    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -12-




     public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by
     the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof.

   
          (x) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
     indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to
     cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common
     Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
    
   

          (y) The Company has caused (i) each of its executive officers and
     directors as set forth in the Prospectus and (ii) each beneficial holder of
     more than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (including shares issuable
     upon the exercise or conversion of any option, warrant or other security)
     to furnish to the Underwriters an agreement in form and substance
     satisfactory to Volpe, Welty & Company (which consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld) pursuant to which each such party has agreed that
     during the period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the date the
     Registration Statement becomes effective, without the prior written consent
     of Volpe, Welty & Company, such party will not (i) offer, sell, contract to
     sell, make any short sale, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or
     indirectly, any shares of the Common Stock, options to acquire Common Stock
     or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any other rights to
     purchase or acquire, the Common Stock (including, without limitation,
     Common Stock of the Company which may be deemed to be beneficially owned in
     accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission) other than the
     exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible
     securities; or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers,
     in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of
     Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in (i) or (ii) is to
     be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or
     otherwise; provided, however, that bona fide gift transactions and
     transfers which will not result in any change in beneficial ownership may
     be permitted if the transferee enters into a lock-up agreement in
     substantially the same form covering the remainder of the lock-up period.
    
   

          (z) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates does business with
     the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.
    


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -13-



   

          (aa) Except as specifically disclosed in the Pro- spectus, the Company
     and its subsidiaries have sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent
     rights, copyrights, licenses, approvals and governmental authorizations to
     conduct their businesses as now conducted; the expiration of any
     trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, licenses, approvals or
     governmental authorizations would not have a material adverse effect on the
     business, business prospects, properties, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or results of operations of the Company or its subsidiaries; the
     Company has no knowledge of any infringement by the Company or its
     subsidiaries of trademark, trade name rights, patent rights, copyrights,
     licenses, trade secret or other similar rights of others; and no claims
     have been made or, to the knowledge of the Company, are threatened against
     the Company or its subsidiaries regarding trademark, trade name, patent,
     copyright, license, trade secret or other infringement which, if determined
     adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries, would be reasonably likely to
     have a material adverse effect on the business, business prospects,
     properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations or
     prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries.
    
   

          (ab) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its
     subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all rules,
     laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal
     of toxic substances and protection of health or the environment
     ("Environmental Laws") which are applicable to their respective businesses,
     (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any
     notice from any governmental authority or third party of an asserted claim
     under Environmental Laws, (iii) no facts currently exist that will require
     the Company or any of its subsidiaries to make future material capital
     expenditures to comply with Environmental Laws, and (iv) to the knowledge
     of the Company, no property which is or has been owned, leased or occupied
     by the Company or any of its subsidiaries has been designated as a
     Superfund site pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
     Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. { 9601, et
     seq.), or otherwise designated as a contaminated site under applicable
     state or local law.
    
   

          (ac) Neither the company nor any of its subsidiaries is (a) an
     "investment company" or a company "controlled"

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -14-





     by an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
     of 1940, as amended, or (b) a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company"
     of a holding company or an "affiliate" thereof within the meaning of the
     Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

   
          (ad) Neither the Company nor any agent thereof acting on behalf of the
     Company has taken, and none of them will take, any action that might cause
     this Agreement or the issuance or sale of the Shares to violate Regulation
     G (12 C.F.R. Part 207), Regulation T (12 C.F.R. Part 220), Regulation U (12
     C.F.R. Part 221) or Regulation X (12 C.F.R. Part 224) of the Board of
     Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
    

          Section 2. Purchase of the Shares by the Under- writers.

   
          (a) On the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to
the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell
3,000,000 of the Firm Shares to the several Underwriters, and each of the
Underwriters agrees to purchase from the Company the respective number of Firm
Shares set forth opposite its name in Schedule I. The price at which such Firm
Shares shall be sold by the Company and purchased by the several Underwriters
shall be $___ per share. In making this Agreement, each Underwriter is
contracting severally and not jointly; except as provided in paragraphs (b) and
(c) of this Section 2, the agreement of each Underwriter is to purchase only the
respective number of shares of the Firm Shares specified in Schedule I.
    
   

          (b) On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants
herein contained, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Company grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and
not jointly, up to 450,000 Optional Shares from the Company at the same price
per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Firm Shares. Said option may be
exercised only to cover over- allotments in the sale of the Firm Shares by the
Underwriters and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more
than once) on or before the thirtieth day after the date of this Agreement upon
written or telegraphic notice by you to the Company setting forth the aggregate
number of Optional Shares as to which the several Underwriters are exercising
the option. Delivery of certificates for the Optional Shares, and payment
therefor, shall be made as provided in Section 4 hereof. The 
    





<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -15-
   

number of Optional Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same
percentage of the total number of Optional Shares to be purchased by the several
Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Firm Shares, as adjusted
by you in such manner as you deem advisable to avoid fractional shares.
    

   

          (c) If for any reason one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or
refuse (otherwise than for a reason sufficient to justify the termination of
this Agreement under the provisions of Section 8 or 9 hereof) to purchase and
pay for the number of shares agreed to be purchased by such Under- writer or
Underwriters, on either the First Closing Date or the Subsequent Closing Date
(as defined in Sections 4(a) and (b), respectively) the non-defaulting
Underwriters shall have the right within 24 hours to purchase, or procure one or
more other Underwriters to purchase, in such proportions as may be agreed upon
between you and such purchasing Underwriter or Underwriters and upon the terms
herein set forth, all or any part of the shares which such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase. If the non-defaulting
Underwriters fail so to make such arrangements with respect to all such shares
and portion, the number of shares which each non-defaulting Underwriter is
otherwise obligated to purchase under this Agreement shall be automatically
increased on a pro rata basis to absorb the remaining shares and portion which
the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase; provided,
however, that the non-defaulting Underwriters shall not be obligated to purchase
the shares and portion which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed
to purchase if the aggregate number of such shares exceeds 10% of the total
number of shares which all Underwriters agreed to purchase hereunder. If the
total number of shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed
to purchase exceeds the above percentage, the non-defaulting Underwriters and
the Company shall have the right, within 24 hours next succeeding the 24-hour
period above referred to, to make arrangements with other underwriters or
purchasers satisfactory to you for purchase of such shares and portion on the
terms herein set forth. In any such case, either you or the Company shall have
the right to postpone the Closing Date determined as provided in Section 4
hereof for not more than seven business days after the date originally fixed as
the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4 in order that any necessary changes in
the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any other documents or
arrangements may be made. If neither the non-defaulting Underwriters nor the
Company shall make arrangements within the 24-hour period stated above for the

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -16-



   

purchase of all of the Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters
agreed to purchase hereunder, this Agreement shall be terminated without further
act or deed and without any liability on the part of the Company to any
non-defaulting Underwriter and without any liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter to the Company. Nothing in this paragraph (c), and no
action taken hereunder, shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability
in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
    

          Section 3. Offering by Underwriters.

   
          (a) The terms of the initial public offering by the Underwriters of
the Shares to be purchased by them shall be as set forth in the Prospectus. The
Underwriters may from time to time change the public offering price after the
closing of the initial public offering and increase or decrease the concessions
and discounts to dealers as the Underwriters may determine.
    

          (b)  The information (insofar as such information
relates to the Underwriters) set forth in the last paragraph on
the front cover page of the Prospectus relating to the Shares
and the third and sixth paragraphs under "Underwriting" in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the
Prospectus relating to the Shares constitutes the only
information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company for
inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary
Prospectus, and the Prospectus, and you on behalf of the
respective Underwriters represent and warrant to the Company
that the statements made therein are correct.


          Section 4. Delivery of and Payment for the Shares.

   
          (a) Delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares and the Optional
Shares (if the option granted by Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised
not later than 7:00 A.M., San Francisco time, on the date two business days
preceding the Closing Date), and payment therefor, shall be made at the office
of Howard, Darby & Levin, 1330 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019,
at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the [third] full business day after the date of
this Agreement, or at such time on such other day, not later than seven full
business days after such [third] full business day, as shall be agreed upon in
writing by the Company and you. The date and hour of such delivery and payment
of the Firm Shares (which may
    



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -17-




   

be postponed as provided in Section 2(c) hereof) are herein called the "First
Closing Date."
    
   

          (b) If the option granted by Section 2(b) hereof shall be exercised
after 7:00 a.m., San Francisco time, on the date two business days preceding the
Closing Date, delivery of certificates for the shares of Optional Shares, and
payment therefor, shall be made at the office of Howard, Darby & Levin, 1330
Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, at 10:00 A.M., New York time,
on the third full business day after the exercise of such option (the
"Subsequent Closing Date" and, together with the First Closing Date, the
"Closing Date"). The date and hour of such delivery and payment of the Optional
Shares may be postponed as provided in Section 2(c) hereof.
    
   

          (c) Payment for the shares purchased from the Company shall be made to
the Company by (i) one or more certified or official bank check or checks in
next day funds (and the Company agrees not to deposit any such check in the bank
on which drawn until the day following the date of its delivery to the Company)
or (ii) federal funds wire transfer, provided that on the Closing Date the
Company agrees to reimburse Volpe, Welty & Company for one day of interest on
such amount at the federal funds rate plus any additional bank fees. Such
payment shall be made upon delivery of certificates for the shares to you for
the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against receipt therefor
signed by you. Certificates for the shares to be delivered to you shall be
registered in such name or names and shall be in such denominations as you may
request at least two business days before the First Closing Date or the
Subsequent Closing Date, as the case may be. Such certificates will be made
available to the Underwriters for inspection, checking and packaging at the
offices of Howard, Darby & Levin on the business day prior to the applicable
Closing Date.
    
   

          It is understood that you, individually and not on behalf of the
Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment to the Company
for shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose check shall not have been
received by you on the First Closing Date or the Subsequent Closing Date for the
account of such Underwriter. Any such payment by you shall not relieve such
Underwriter from any of its obligations hereunder.
    

          Section 5. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees
as follows:


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -18-




          (a) The Company will (i) prepare and timely file with the Commission
     under Rule 424(b) a Prospectus containing information previously omitted at
     the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rule
     430A or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the
     Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) and (ii) not file
     any amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus
     of which you shall not previously have been advised and furnished with a
     copy or to which you shall have reasonably objected in writing or which is
     not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of
     the Commission.

   
          (b) The Company will promptly notify you in the event of (i) the
     request by the Commission for amendment of the Registration Statement or
     for supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (ii)
     the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (iii) the institution or
     notice of intended institution of any action or proceeding for that
     purpose, (iv) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect
     to the suspension of the qualification of the shares for sale in any
     jurisdiction, or (v) the receipt by it of notice of the initiation or
     threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. The Company will make every
     reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of such a stop order and, if such
     an order shall at any time be issued, to obtain the withdrawal thereof at
     the earliest possible moment.
    
   

          (c) The Company will (i) on or before the First Closing Date, deliver
     to you a signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and
     of each amendment thereto filed prior to the time the Registration
     Statement becomes effective and, promptly upon the filing thereof, a signed
     copy of each post-effective amendment, if any, to the Registration
     Statement (together with, in each case, all exhibits thereto unless
     previously furnished to you) and will also deliver to you, for distribution
     to the Underwriters, a sufficient number of additional conformed copies of
     each of the foregoing (but without exhibits) so that one copy of each may
     be distributed to each Underwriter, (ii) as promptly as possible deliver to
     you and send to the several Underwriters, at such office or offices as you
     may designate, as many copies of the Prospectus as you may reasonably
     request, and

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -19-





     (iii) thereafter from time to time during the period in which a prospectus
     is required by law to be delivered by an Underwriter or dealer, likewise
     send to the Underwriters as many additional copies of the Prospectus and as
     many copies of any supplement to the Prospectus and of any amended
     prospectus, filed by the Company with the Commission, as you may reasonably
     request for the purposes contemplated by the Securities Act.

   
          (d) If at any time during the period in which a prospectus is required
     by law to be delivered by an Underwriter or dealer any event relating to or
     affecting the Company, or of which the Company shall be advised in writing
     by you, shall occur as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of
     counsel for the Company or of counsel for the Underwriters, to supplement
     or amend the Prospectus in order to make the Prospectus not misleading in
     the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a
     purchaser of the Shares, the Company will notify you and will forthwith
     prepare and file with the Commission a supplement to the Prospectus or an
     amended prospectus so that the Prospectus as so supplemented or amended
     will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
     any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
     light of the circumstances existing at the time such Prospectus is
     delivered to such purchaser, not misleading. If, after the initial public
     offering of the Shares by the Underwriters and during such period, the
     Underwriters shall propose to vary the terms of offering thereof by reason
     of changes in general market conditions or otherwise, you will advise the
     Company in writing of the proposed variation, and, if in the opinion either
     of counsel for the Company or of counsel for the Underwriters such proposed
     variation requires that the Prospectus be supplemented or amended, the
     Company will forthwith prepare and file with the Commission a supplement to
     the Prospectus or an amended prospectus setting forth such variation. The
     Company authorizes the Underwriters and all dealers to whom any of the
     shares may be sold by the several Underwriters to use the Prospectus, as
     from time to time amended or supplemented, in connection with the sale of
     the Shares in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Securities
     Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder for such period.

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -20-




          (e) Prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, the Company will
     submit to you, for your information, a copy of any post-effective amendment
     to the Registration Statement and any supplement to the Prospectus or any
     amended prospectus proposed to be filed.

   
          (f) The Company will cooperate, when and as requested by you, in the
     qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or blue
     sky laws of such jurisdictions as you may designate and, during the period
     in which a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by an Underwriter
     or dealer, in keeping such qualifications in good standing under said
     securities or blue sky laws; provided, however, that the Company shall not
     be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to
     qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so
     qualified. The Company will, from time to time, prepare and file such
     statements, reports, and other documents as are or may be required to
     continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period as you may
     reasonably request for distribution of the shares.
    

          (g) During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof, the
     Company will furnish to you, and to each Underwriter who may so request in
     writing, copies of all periodic and special reports furnished to
     shareholders of the Company and of all information, documents and reports
     filed with the Commission (including the Report on Form SR required by Rule
     463 of the Commission under the Securities Act).

          (h) Not later than the 45th day following the end of the fiscal
     quarter first occurring after the first anniversary of the Effective Date,
     the Company will make generally available to its security holders an
     earnings statement in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act
     and Rule 158 thereunder.

          (i) The Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the
     performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including all costs
     and expenses incident to (i) the preparation, printing and filing with the
     Commission and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
     ("NASD") of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the
     Prospectus, (ii) the furnishing to the Underwriters of copies of any
     Preliminary Prospectus


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -21-





     and of the several documents required by paragraph (c) of this Section 5 to
     be so furnished, (iii) the printing of this Agreement and related documents
     delivered to the Underwriters, (iv) the preparation, printing and filing of
     all supplements and amendments to the Prospectus referred to in paragraph
     (d) of this Section 5, (v) the furnishing to you and the Underwriters of
     the reports and information referred to in paragraph (g) of this Section 5,
     (vi) the printing and issuance of stock certificates, including the
     transfer agent's fees, and (vii) the fees and disbursements of the counsel,
     the accountants and any other experts or advisors retained by the Company
     or its subsidiaries.

          (j) The Company agrees to reimburse you, for the account of the
     several Underwriters, for blue sky fees and related disbursements
     (including fees and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel, counsel for
     the Underwriters, relating thereto, and cost of printing memoranda for the
     Underwriters) paid by or for the account of the Underwriters or their
     counsel in qualifying the shares under state securities or blue sky laws
     and in the review of the offering by the NASD.

          (k) The provisions of paragraphs (i) and (j) of this Section are
     intended to relieve the Underwriters from the payment of the expenses and
     costs which the Company hereby agrees to pay.

   
          (l) The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent
     of Volpe, Welty & Company, the Company will not, for a period of 180 days
     following the Effective Date, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, make any
     short sale, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
     shares of Common Stock or any options to acquire shares of Common Stock or
     securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or any other
     rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (including without limitation,
     Common Stock of the Company which may be deemed to be beneficially owned in
     accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission) other than the
     exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible
     securities or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers,
     in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of
     Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii)
     above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -22-



   

     such other securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that bona
     fide gift transactions and transfers which will not result in any change in
     beneficial ownership may be permitted if the transferee enters into a
     lock-up agreement in substantially the same form covering the remainder of
     the lock-up period. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the
     shares to be sold to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, (B)
     shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of options
     granted under the option plans of the Company (the "Option Plans"), as
     described in footnote (4) to the table under the caption "Capitalization"
     in the Preliminary Prospectus, and (C) options to purchase Common Stock
     granted under the Option Plans.
    

          (m) If at any time during the 25-day period after the Registration
     Statement becomes effective any rumor, publication or event relating to or
     affecting the Company shall occur as a result of which in your opinion the
     market price for the shares has been or is likely to be materially affected
     (regardless of whether such rumor, publication or event necessitates a
     supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus), the Company will, after
     written notice from you advising the Company to the effect set forth above,
     forthwith prepare, consult with you concerning the substance of, and
     disseminate a press release or other public statement, reasonably
     satisfactory to you, responding to or commenting on such rumor, publication
     or event.

          (n) The Company is familiar with the Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended, and has in the past conducted its affairs, and will in the
     future conduct its affairs, in such a manner to ensure that the Company was
     not and will not be an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
     "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

   
          (o) The Company will use its best effort to maintain the inclusion of
     the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market (or on a national securities
     exchange) for a period of three years after the effective date of the
     Registration Statement.

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

6                             -23-




          Section 6. Indemnification and Contribution.

          (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter
and each person (including each partner or officer thereof) who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to
which such indemnified parties or any of them may become subject under the
Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), or the common law or otherwise, and the Company agrees to reimburse each
such Underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other expenses
(including, except as otherwise hereinafter provided, reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel) incurred by the respective indemnified parties in
connection with defending against any such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities or in connection with any investigation or inquiry of, or other
proceeding which may be brought against, the respective indemnified parties, in
each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement
(including the Prospectus as part thereof and any Rule 462(b) registration
statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto (including any Rule 462(b)
registration statement), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (as
amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the Commission
any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission
to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; provided, however, that (1) the indemnity agreement of the Company
contained in this paragraph (a) shall not apply to any such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses if such statement or omission was made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished as herein stated or
otherwise furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter
for use in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and (2) the
indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph (a) with respect to any
Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from
whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses purchased the shares which is the subject thereof (or to the


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -24-




   

benefit of any person controlling such Underwriter) if at or prior to the
written confirmation of the sale of such Shares a copy of the Prospectus (or the
Prospectus as amended or supplemented) was not sent or delivered to such person
and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in such
Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus (or the Prospectus as
amended or supplemented) unless the failure is the result of noncompliance by
the Company with paragraph (c) of Section 5 hereof. The indemnity agreement of
the Company contained in this paragraph (a) and the representations and
warranties of the Company contained in Section 1 hereof shall remain operative
and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on
behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the delivery of and payment
for the Shares.
    

          (b) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Company, each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement on his
own behalf or pursuant to a power of attorney, each of its directors, each other
Underwriter and each person (including each partner or officer thereof) who
controls the Company or any such other Underwriter within the meaning of Section
15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which such indemnified parties or any of them
may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or the common law
or otherwise and to reimburse each of them for any legal or other expenses
(including, except as otherwise hereinafter provided, reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel) incurred by the respective indemnified parties in
connection with defending against any such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities or in connection with any investigation or inquiry of, or other
proceeding which may be brought against, the respective indemnified parties, in
each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement
(including the Prospectus as part thereof and any Rule 462(b) registration
statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto (including any Rule 462(b)
registration statement) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if
the Company shall have filed with the Commission any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -25-




   

the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if such statement
or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
furnished as herein stated or otherwise furnished in writing to the Company by
or on behalf of such indemnifying Underwriter for use in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto.
The indemnity agreement of each Underwriter contained in this paragraph (b)
shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive
the delivery of and payment for the Shares.
    
   

          (c) Each party indemnified under the provision of paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this Section 6 agrees that, upon the service of a summons or other
initial legal process upon it in any action or suit instituted against it or
upon its receipt of written notification of the commencement of any
investigation or inquiry of, or proceeding against, it in respect of which
indemnity may be sought on account of any indemnity agreement contained in such
paragraphs, it will promptly give written notice (the "Notice") of such service
or notification to the party or parties from whom indemnification may be sought
hereunder. No indemnification provided for in such paragraphs shall be available
to any party who shall fail so to give the Notice if and to the extent the party
to whom such Notice was not given was unaware of the action, suit,
investigation, inquiry or proceeding to which the Notice would have related and
was materially prejudiced by the failure to give the Notice, but the omission so
to notify such indemnifying party or parties of any such service or notification
shall not relieve such indemnifying party or parties from any liability which it
or they may have to the indemnified party for contribution or otherwise than on
account of such indemnity agreement. Any indemnifying party shall be entitled at
its own expense to participate in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding
against, or investigation or inquiry of, an indemnified party. Any indemnifying
party shall be entitled, if it so elects within a reasonable time after receipt
of the Notice by giving written notice (the "Notice of Defense") to the
indemnified party, to assume (alone or in conjunction with any other
indemnifying party or parties) the entire defense of such action, suit,
investigation, inquiry or proceeding, in which event such defense shall be
conducted, at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties, by counsel
chosen by such indemnifying party or parties and reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party or parties; provided, however, that (i) if the indemnified
party or parties reasonably determine that

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -26-




   

there may be a conflict between the positions of the indemnifying party or
parties and of the indemnified party or parties in conducting the defense of
such action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding or that there may be
legal defenses available to such indemnified party or parties different from or
in addition to those available to the indemnifying party or parties, then
counsel for the indemnified party or parties (which counsel shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnifying party or parties) shall be entitled to conduct
the defense to the extent reasonably determined by such counsel to be necessary
to protect the interests of the indemnified party or parties and (ii) in any
event, the indemnified party or parties shall be entitled to have counsel chosen
by such indemnified party or parties participate in, but not conduct, the
defense. If, within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, an
indemnifying party gives a Notice of Defense and the counsel chosen by the
indemnifying party or parties is reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified
party or parties, the indemnifying party or parties will not be liable under
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by the indemnified party or parties in connection with the
defense of the action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, except that
(A) the indemnifying party or parties shall bear the legal and other expenses
incurred in connection with the conduct of the defense as referred to in clause
(i) of the proviso to the preceding sentence, it being understood, however, that
the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or
separate but substantially similar or related actions arising out of the same
general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and
expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (together with appropriate
local counsel) at any time for all such indemnified parties, and (B) the
indemnifying party or parties shall bear such other expenses as it or they have
authorized to be incurred by the indemnified party or parties. If, within a
reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, no Notice of Defense has been
given, the indemnifying party or parties shall be responsible for reasonable
legal or other reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnified party or parties
in connection with the defense of the action, suit, investigation, inquiry or
proceeding. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements
contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall cooperate with the indemnifying party
in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be
liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its prior written
consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
    


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -27-




   

Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if in any case where the
fees and expenses of counsel are at the expense of the indemnifying party and an
indemnified party shall have requested the indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel as incurred, such
indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any
action effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered
into more than ten business days after the receipt by such indemnifying party of
the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall have failed to
reimburse the indemnified party in accordance with such request for
reimbursement prior to the date of such settlement.
    

          (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or
liabilities referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each
indemnifying party from the offering of the shares or (ii) if the allocation
provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred
to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each indemnifying party in
connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, or actions in respect thereof, as well as any
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the
Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be
in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering
of the shares received by the Company and the total underwriting discount
received by the Underwriters, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the
Prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the shares. Relative
fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by each
indemnifying party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or
omission.

          The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contributions pursuant to this paragraph (d) were to


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -28-




   

be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as
one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence
of the foregoing paragraph. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result
of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities, or actions in respect thereof,
referred to in the foregoing paragraph shall be deemed to include any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigation, preparing to defend or defending against any action or claim
which is the subject of this paragraph (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of
this paragraph (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in
excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares purchased by such
Underwriter. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this paragraph (d) to
contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
obligations and not joint.
    

          Each party entitled to contribution agrees that upon the service of a
summons or other initial legal process upon it in any action instituted against
it in respect of which contribution may be sought, it will promptly give written
notice of such service to the party or parties from whom contribution may be
sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties of any such service
shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from any
obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise (except as specifically provided
in paragraph (c) of this Section 6).

          (e) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of each
Underwriter, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any
pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not such Underwriter or any
person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act is a party to such claim,
action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent
includes an unconditional release of such Underwriter and each such controlling
person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -29-




          Section 7. Reimbursement of Certain Expenses. In addition to their
other obligations under Section 6 of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees
to reimburse on a quarterly basis the Underwriters for all reasonable legal and
other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any claim,
action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based upon
any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, described in
paragraph (a) of Section 6 of this Agreement, notwithstanding the absence of a
judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the obligations
under this Section 7 and the possibility that such payments might later be held
to be improper; provided, however, that (i) to the extent any such payment is
ultimately held to be improper, the persons receiving such payments shall
promptly refund them and (ii) such persons shall provide to the Company, upon
request, reasonable assurances of their ability to effect any refund, when and
if due.

   
          Section 8. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any
time prior to the First Closing Date by giving written notice to the Company in
accordance with Section 9, or if after the date of this Agreement trading in the
Common Stock shall have been suspended, or if there shall have occurred (i) the
engagement in hostilities or an escalation of major hostilities by the United
States or the declaration of war or a national emergency by the United States on
or after the date hereof if the effect of such engagement, escalation or
declaration would, in the Underwriters' reasonable judgment, make the offering
or the delivery of the Shares impracticable, (ii) any outbreak of hostilities or
other national or international calamity or crisis or change in economic or
political conditions if the effect of such outbreak, calamity, crisis or change
in economic or political conditions in the financial markets of the United
States would, in the Underwriters' reasonable judgment, make the offering or
delivery of the shares impracticable, (iii) suspension of trading in securities
generally or a material adverse decline in value of securities generally on the
New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or The Nasdaq Stock
Market, or limitations on prices (other than limitations on hours or numbers of
days of trading) for securities on either such exchange or system, (iv) the
enactment, publication, decree or other promulgation of any federal or state
statute, regulation, rule or order of, or commencement of any proceeding or
investigation by, any court, legislative body, agency or other governmental
authority which in the Underwriters' reasonable judgment materially and
adversely affects or will materially or adversely affect the
    


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -30-



   

business or operations of the Company, (v) declaration of a banking moratorium
by either federal or New York State authorities, (vi) the taking of any action
by any federal, state or local government or agency in respect of its monetary
or fiscal affairs which in the Underwriters' reasonable judgment has a material
adverse effect on the securities markets in the United States or (vii) (A) the
Company or its subsidiaries shall have sustained any loss or interference with
respect to its businesses or properties from fire, flood, hurricane, accident or
other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any strike, labor
dispute, slow down or work stoppage or any legal or governmental proceeding,
which loss or interference has had or has a material adverse effect, or (B)
there shall have been any event or development that, individually or in the
aggregate, has or could be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect
(including without limitation a change in control of the Company), except in
each case as described in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or
supplement thereto), which, in either case described in (A) or (B), in the
Underwriters' reasonable judgment, would make the offering or delivery of the
Shares impracticable. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to this
Section 8, there shall be no liability of the Company to the Underwriters and no
liability of the Underwriters to the Company; provided, however, that in the
event of any such termination the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Underwriters from all costs or expenses incident to the performance of the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including all costs and
expenses referred to in paragraphs (i) and (j) of Section 5 hereof.
    
   

          Section 9. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The obligations of
the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares shall be subject to
the performance by the Company of all its obligations to be performed hereunder
at or prior to the First Closing Date or the Subsequent Closing Date, as the
case may be, and to the following further conditions:
    
   


          (a) The Registration Statement or any amendment thereto shall have
     become effective; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof
     shall have been issued and no proceedings therefor have been instituted, or
     shall be pending or threatened by the Commission; and to the best knowledge
     of the respective signers, no proceedings for that purpose are contemplated
     under the Securities Act.

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -31-




          (b) The legality and sufficiency of the sale of the shares hereunder
     and the validity and form of the certificates representing the shares, all
     corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the foregoing,
     and the form of the Registration Statement and of the Prospectus (except as
     to the financial statements contained therein), shall have been approved at
     or prior to the Closing Date by Cahill Gordon & Reindel, counsel for the
     Underwriters.

   
          (c) You shall have received from Howard, Darby & Levin, counsel for
     the Company, and from Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy, healthcare
     counsel for the Company, opinions, addressed to the Underwriters and dated
     the First Closing Date and subsequent Closing Date, as the case may be,
     covering the matters set forth in Annex A and Annex B hereto, respectively,
     and if Optional Shares are purchased at any date after the Closing Date,
     additional opinions from each such counsel, addressed to the Underwriters
     and dated such later date, confirming that the statements expressed as of
     the Closing Date in such opinions remain valid as of such later date.
    
   

          (d) (i) As of the Effective Date, the statements made in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus shall be true and correct, and
     neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus shall omit to state
     any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
     make the statements therein, respectively, not misleading, (ii) since the
     Effective Date, no event shall have occurred which should have been set
     forth in a supplement or amendment to the Prospectus which has not been set
     forth in such a supplement or amendment, (iii) since the respective dates
     as of which information is given in the Registration Statement in the form
     in which it originally became effective and the Prospectus contained
     therein, there shall not have been any material adverse change or any
     development involving a prospective material adverse change in or affecting
     the business, properties, financial condition or results of operations of
     the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising
     from transactions in the ordinary course of business, and, since such
     dates, except in the ordinary course of business, neither the Company nor
     any of its subsidiaries shall have entered into any material transaction
     not referred to in the Registration Statement in the form in which it
     originally became effective and the Prospectus contained therein, (iv)
     neither the Company nor
    


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -32-


   


     any of its subsidiaries shall have any material contingent obligations
     which shall not be disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, (v) there shall not be any pending or known threatened legal
     proceedings to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or
     of which property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject
     which is material and which is not disclosed in the Registration Statement
     and the Prospectus, (vi) there shall not be any franchises, contracts,
     leases or other documents which are required to be filed as exhibits to the
     Registration Statement which have not been filed as required, and (vii) the
     representations and warranties of the Company herein shall be true and
     correct in all material respects as of the First Closing Date or the
     Subsequent Closing Date, as the case may be, and (viii) there has not been
     any material change in the market for securities in general or in
     political, financial or economic conditions from those reasonably
     foreseeable as to render it impracticable in your reasonable judgment to
     make a public offering of the shares, or a material adverse change in
     market levels for securities in general (or those of companies in
     particular) or financial or economic conditions which render it inadvisable
     to proceed.
    
   

          (e) You shall have received on the First Closing Date and the
     Subsequent Closing Date a certificate, dated the First Closing Date or the
     Subsequent Closing Date, as the case may be, and signed by the Chief
     Executive Officer and the Chief Operating and Financial Officer of the
     Company, stating that the respective signers of said certificate have
     carefully examined the Registration Statement in the form in which it
     originally became effective and the Prospectus contained therein and any
     supplements or amendments thereto, and that the statements included in
     clauses (i) through (viii) of paragraph (d) of this Section 9 are true and
     correct.
    
   

          (f) You shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP, a letter or
     letters, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the First Closing Date and
     the Subsequent Closing Date, confirming that they are independent public
     accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the
     Securities Act and the applicable published rules and regulations
     thereunder and based upon the procedures described in their letter
     delivered to you concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the
     "Original Letter"), but carried out to a date not more than three

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -33-



   


     business days prior to the First Closing Date or the Subsequent Closing
     Date (i) confirming, to the extent true, that the statements and
     conclusions set forth in the Original Letter are accurate as of the First
     Closing Date or the Subsequent Closing Date, as the case may be, and (ii)
     setting forth any revisions and additions to the statements and conclusions
     set forth in the Original Letter which are necessary to reflect any changes
     in the facts described in the Original Letter since the date of the
     Original Letter or to reflect the availability of more recent financial
     statements, data or information. The letters shall not disclose any change,
     or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the
     business or properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which, in
     your sole judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the
     public offering of the shares or the purchase of the Optional Shares as
     contemplated by the Prospectus.
    

          (g) You shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter
     stating that their review of the Company's and its subsidiaries' systems of
     internal accounting controls, to the extent they deemed necessary in
     establishing the scope of their examination of the Company's and its
     subsidiaries' financial statements as of September 30, 1995, did not
     disclose any weakness in internal controls that they considered to be
     material weaknesses.

          (h) You shall have been furnished evidence in usual written or
     telegraphic form from the appropriate authorities of the several
     jurisdictions, or other evidence satisfactory to you, of the qualification
     referred to in paragraph (f) of Section 5 hereof.

          (i) Prior to the Closing Date, the shares to be issued and sold by the
     Company shall have been duly authorized for listing by the Nasdaq National
     Market upon official notice of issuance.

   
          (j) On or prior to the First Closing Date, you shall have received
     from all directors, officers, and beneficial holders of more than 1% of the
     outstanding Common Stock agreements, in form reasonably satisfactory to
     Volpe, Welty & Company, stating that without the prior written consent of
     Volpe, Welty & Company, such person or entity will not, for a period of 180
     days following the Effective Date (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, make
     any short

    

 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -34-





     sale, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares
     of Common Stock or any options to acquire shares of Common Stock or
     securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or any other
     rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (including without limitation,
     Common Stock of the Company which may be deemed to be beneficially owned in
     accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission) other than the
     exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible
     securities or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers,
     in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of
     Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii)
     above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
     securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that bona fide gift
     transactions and transfers which will not result in any change in
     beneficial ownership may be permitted if the transferee enters into a
     lock-up agreement in substantially the same form covering the remainder of
     the lock-up period.

          (k) The Acquisitions and all other transactions contemplated by the
     Acquisition Agreements shall be consummated simultaneously with or prior to
     the Closing Date.

   
          (l) On or prior to the First Closing Date, the Underwriter and counsel
     for the Underwriter shall have reviewed such further opinions,
     certificates, documents or all other information as they may have
     reasonably requested from the Company.
    

          All the agreements, opinions, certificates and letters mentioned above
or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the
provisions hereof only if counsel for the Underwriters shall be satisfied that
they comply in form and scope.

          In case any of the conditions specified in this Section 9 shall not be
fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by you by giving notice to the
Company. Any such termination shall be without liability of the Company to the
Underwriters and without liability of the Underwriters to the Company; provided,
however, that (i) in the event of such termination, the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from all costs or expenses incident
to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement,
including all costs and expenses referred to in paragraphs (i)



 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -35-




and (j) of Section 5 hereof, and (ii) if this Agreement is terminated by you
because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to
perform any agreement herein, to fulfill any of the conditions herein, or to
comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the
Underwriters, the Company will promptly reimburse the Underwriters severally
upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and
disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel, counsel for the Underwriter) that
shall have been incurred by them in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby.

          Section 10. Conditions of the Obligation of the Company. The
obligation of the Company to deliver the shares shall be subject to the
conditions that (a) the Registration Statement shall have become effective and
(b) no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall be in effect and no
proceedings therefor shall be pending or threatened by the Commission.

          In case either of the conditions specified in this Section 10 shall
not be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by the Company by giving
notice to you. Any such termination shall be without liability of the Company to
the Underwriters and without liability of the Underwriters to the Company;
provided, however, that in the event of any such termination the Company agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from all costs or expenses
incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this
Agreement, including all costs and expenses referred to in paragraphs (i) and
(j) of Section 5 hereof.

          Section 11. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of the Company and the several Underwriters and, with
respect to the provisions of Section 6 hereof, the several parties (in addition
to the Company and the several Underwriters) indemnified under the provisions of
said Section 6, and their respective personal representatives, successors and
assigns. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to
any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim
under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The
term "successors and assigns" as herein used shall not include any purchaser, as
such purchaser, of any of the shares from any of the several Underwriters.


 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -36-



   

          Section 12. Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, all
communications hereunder shall be in writing or by telegraph and, if to the
Underwriters, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to Volpe, Welty &
Company, One Maritime Plaza, 11th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111; and if
to the Company, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to it at its office,
Route 230 and Eby Chiques Road, Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania 17538, Attention: Hamilton
F. Potter III, with a copy to Howard, Darby & Levin, 1330 Avenue of the
Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Kelly Vance, Esq. All notices
given by telegraph shall be promptly confirmed by letter.
    
   

          Section 13. Miscellaneous. The reimbursement, indemnification and
contribution agreements contained in this Agreement and the representations,
warranties and covenants in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect
regardless of (a) any termination of this Agreement, (b) any investigation made
by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person thereof, or by or on
behalf of the Company or its directors or officers, and (c) delivery and payment
for the Shares under this Agreement; provided, however, that if this Agreement
is terminated prior to the First Closing Date, the provisions of Section 5
hereof shall be of no further force or effect, except the provisions of
paragraphs (i), (j) and (k), which shall remain in full force and effect.
    

          Section 14. Applicable Law. THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS
AGREEMENT, AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO ANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW.

          Section 15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          In this Agreement, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders and the
singular and the plural include one another. The section headings in this
Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and will not affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended
or modified, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived,
only by a writing signed by the Company and you.



 


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                      -37-



          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon it
will become a binding agreement among the Company and the several Underwriters,
including you, all in accordance with its terms.

                              Very truly yours, 

                              Physician Support Systems, Inc.


                              By:                              
                                 ------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:


The foregoing Underwriting
Agreement is hereby confirmed 
and accepted by us in San 
Francisco, California as of 
the date first above written. 

Volpe, Welty & Company 

Acting for ourselves and as 
Representative of the several 
Underwriters named in the
attached Schedule A

By:                      
   ----------------------------
     Partner

 <PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                   Schedule I
                               
                                  UNDERWRITERS
                               
                               
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

     
                                             Number of
                                             Shares
                                             to Be
Underwriters                                 Purchased
- ------------                                 ---------
<S>                                          <C>
Volpe, Welty & Company






          Total: .........................   3,000,000



</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
 


 
<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                         PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.


         1. The name of the Corporation is Physician Support Systems, Inc.

         2. The  address of its  registered  office in the State of  Delaware is
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington,  County
of New  Castle.  The  name  of its  registered  agent  at  such  address  is The
Corporation Trust Company.

         3. The nature of the  business or purposes to be  conducted or promoted
is to  engage in any  lawful  act or  activity  for  which  corporations  may be
organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

         4. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have
the authority to issue is  110,000,000  shares of capital  stock,  classified as
100,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value $.001 per share,  and 10,000,000
shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share.

                  (a) Common Stock.  Each share of common stock, par value $0.01
         per share, of the Corporation issued and outstanding  immediately prior
         to the date hereof  shall  hereby be  converted  into and become  1,400
         fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Corporation's common stock,
         par value $0.001 per share.

                  (b)      Preferred Stock.

                           (i) The  Preferred  Stock may be issued  from time to
                  time in one or more  classes  or  series,  the  shares of each
                  class  or  series  to  have  such   designations  and  powers,
                  preferences and rights,  and  qualifications,  limitations and
                  restrictions  thereof,  as are stated and expressed herein and
                  in the  resolution or  resolutions  providing for the issue of
                  such class or series  adopted by the board of directors of the
                  Corporation as hereafter prescribed.

                           (ii)  Authority  is hereby  expressly  granted to and
                  vested  in  the  board  of  directors  of the  Corporation  to
                  authorize  the  issuance of the  Preferred  Stock from time to
                  time in one or more  classes or series  and,  with  respect to
                  each class or series of the Preferred Stock, to fix and state,
                  by the  resolution  or  resolutions  from time to time adopted
                  providing for the issuance thereof, the following:

                                     (A)  whether  or not the class or series is
                            to have voting rights, full, special, or limited, or
                            is to be without voting rights, and whether or



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                           not such class or series is to be entitled to vote as
                           a separate  class either  alone or together  with the
                           holders  of one or more  other  classes  or series of
                           stock;

                                     (B) the number of shares to constitute  the
                            class or series and the designations thereof;

                                     (C)   the    preferences,    and   relative
                            participating, optional, or other special rights, if
                            any,  and  the   qualifications,   limitations,   or
                            restrictions  thereof,  if any,  with respect to any
                            class or series;

                                     (D)  whether or not the shares of any class
                            or series shall be  redeemable  at the option of the
                            Corporation  or the  holders  thereof  or  upon  the
                            happening   of  any   specified   event,   and,   if
                            redeemable,  the  redemption  price or prices (which
                            may  be  payable   in  the  form  of  cash,   notes,
                            securities,  or  other  property),  and the  time or
                            times at which,  and the terms and  conditions  upon
                            which,  such  shares  shall  be  redeemable  and the
                            manner of redemption;

                                     (E) whether or not the shares of a class or
                            series   shall  be  subject  to  the   operation  of
                            retirement  or  sinking  funds to be  applied to the
                            purchase   or   redemption   of  such   shares   for
                            retirement,  and, if such retirement or sinking fund
                            or funds are to be  established,  the annual  amount
                            thereof,  and the terms and  provisions  relative to
                            the operation thereof;

                                     (F) the dividend  rate,  whether  dividends
                            are payable in cash,  stock of the  Corporation,  or
                            other  property,  the conditions  upon which and the
                            times  when  such   dividends   are   payable,   the
                            preference  to or the  relation  to the  payment  of
                            dividends  payable on any other  class or classes or
                            series of stock, whether or not such dividends shall
                            be cumulative or  noncumulative,  and if cumulative,
                            the date or dates from which  such  dividends  shall
                            accumulate;

                                     (G)  the  preferences,   if  any,  and  the
                            amounts  thereof  which the  holders of any class or
                            series thereof shall be entitled to receive upon the
                            voluntary or involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution,
                            or winding-up  of, or upon any  distribution  of the
                            assets of, the Corporation;

                                     (H)  whether or not the shares of any class
                            or series,  at the option of the  Corporation or the
                            holder   thereof  or  upon  the   happening  of  any
                            specified  event,   shall  be  convertible  into  or
                            exchangeable  for,  the shares of any other class or
                            classes  or of any  other  series of the same or any
                            other  class or  classes  of stock,  securities,  or
                            other property of the

                                       -2-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                           Corporation  and the  conversion  price or  prices or
                           ratio or  ratios  or the rate or rates at which  such
                           exchange may be made, with such adjustments,  if any,
                           as shall be stated and  expressed  or provided for in
                           such resolution or resolutions; and

                                    (I) such other special rights and protective
                           provisions with respect to any class or series as may
                           to the board of  directors  of the  Corporation  seem
                           advisable.

                           (iii)  The  shares  of each  class or  series  of the
                  Preferred Stock may vary from the shares of any other class or
                  series  thereof in any or all of the foregoing  respects.  The
                  board of directors of the  Corporation may increase the number
                  of shares of the Preferred  Stock  designated for any existing
                  class or series by a resolution adding to such class or series
                  authorized  and  unissued  shares of the  Preferred  Stock not
                  designated  for any  other  class  or  series.  The  board  of
                  directors of the Corporation may decrease the number of shares
                  of the Preferred  Stock  designated  for any existing class or
                  series by a resolution  subtracting  from such class or series
                  authorized  and  unissued   shares  of  the  Preferred   Stock
                  designated for such existing  class or series,  and the shares
                  so  subtracted   shall  become   authorized,   unissued,   and
                  undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock.

         5. The Board of Directors is  authorized  to make,  alter or repeal the
by-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

         6.  Whenever a  compromise  or  arrangement  is  proposed  between  the
Corporation  and  its  creditors  or  any  class  of  them  and/or  between  the
Corporation  and its  stockholders  or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction  within the State of Delaware may, on the  application in a summary
way of the  Corporation  or of any  creditor  or  stockholder  thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the  application
of trustees in  dissolution  or of any receiver or receivers  appointed  for the
Corporation  under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code
order  a  meeting  of  the  creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  and/or  of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to
be summoned in such  manner as the said court  directs.  If a majority in number
representing  three  fourths in value of the  creditors  or class of  creditors,
and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the  Corporation,  as the
case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of
the  Corporation  as  consequence of such  compromise or  arrangement,  the said
compromise or arrangement  and the said  reorganization  shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said  application  has been  made,  be binding on all the
creditors  or class of  creditors,  and/or on all the  stockholders  or class of
stockholders,  of  this  Corporation,  as the  case  may  be,  and  also on this
Corporation.

         7. No director shall have any personal  liability to the Corporation or
its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty as a
director. However, this provision does

                                       -3-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


not  eliminate  or limit the  liability  of a director (a) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders,  (b) for acts
or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a
knowing  violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the General  Corporation Law
of  Delaware  or (d) for any  transaction  from  which the  director  derived an
improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of Delaware is amended
after the  effective  date of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to authorize
corporate  action  further  eliminating  or limiting the  personal  liability of
directors,  then  the  liability  of a  director  of this  Corporation  shall be
eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation
Law of  Delaware,  as so amended.  Any repeal or  modification  of this  Section
either (i) by the  stockholders  of this  Corporation or (ii) by an amendment to
the  General  Corporation  Law of  Delaware  (unless  such  statutory  amendment
specifically  provides to the contrary) shall not adversely  affect any right or
protection,  existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to
any  acts  or  omissions  occurring  either  before  or  after  such  repeal  or
modification,  of a person  serving as a director  at the time of such repeal or
modification.

         8. No action  required or  permitted  to be taken at any meeting of the
holders  of the  common  stock  of the  Corporation  may be taken  without  such
meeting,  the giving of prior  notice or the taking of a vote.  The power of the
holders  of the  common  stock of the  Corporation  to  consent,  in  writing or
otherwise,  to the taking of any action without such meeting, notice and vote is
specifically denied.


























                                       -4-
<PAGE>
 


 
<PAGE>

                         PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.


                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.       Purpose; Types of Awards; Construction.

         The purpose of the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") of Physician
Support Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is to attract and
retain employees (including officers), directors and independent contractors of
the Company, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate which now exists or hereafter is
organized or acquired, and to furnish additional incentives to such persons by
encouraging them to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. Pursuant to
Section 6 of the Plan, there may be granted Options, including "incentive stock
options" and "nonqualified stock options". The Plan is intended to satisfy the
requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and
shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements thereof.

2.       Definitions.

         For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set
forth below:

                  (a) "Affiliate" means any entity if, at the time of granting
of an Option, (i) the Company, directly, owns at least 20% of the combined
voting power of all classes of stock of such entity or at least 20% of the
ownership interests in such entity or (ii) such entity, directly or indirectly,
owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company.

                  (b) "Beneficiary" means the person, persons, trust or trusts
which have been designated by an Optionee in his or her most recent written
beneficiary designation filed with the Company to receive the benefits specified
under the Plan upon his or her death, or, if there is no designated Beneficiary
or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the person, persons, trust or trusts
entitled by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution to receive
such benefits.

                  (c)      "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (d)  "Change  in  Control"  means a change in  control  of the
Company which will be deemed to have occurred if:

                           (i) any "person," as such term is used in Sections
                  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than an Exempt
                  Person), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
                  Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                  securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the
                  combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting
                  securities;



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>




                           (ii) during any period of two consecutive years,
                  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
                  Board, and any new director (other than a director designated
                  by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company
                  to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (iii), or
                  (iv) of this Section 2(d)) whose election by the Board or
                  nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was
                  approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors
                  then still in office who either were directors at the
                  beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for
                  election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to
                  constitute at least a majority thereof;

                           (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a
                  merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
                  corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which
                  would result in the voting securities of the Company
                  outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent
                  (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into
                  voting securities of the surviving or parent entity) 50% or
                  more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of
                  the Company or such surviving or parent entity outstanding
                  immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger
                  or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of
                  the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as
                  hereinbefore defined), other than an Exempt Person, acquired
                  50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
                  outstanding securities; or

                           (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve of a
                  plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement
                  for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
                  substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction
                  having a similar effect).

                  (e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time.

                  (f) "Committee" means the committee, consisting of at least
two members of the Board, established by the Board to administer the Plan, the
composition of which shall at all times satisfy the provisions of Rule 16b-3;
provided, however, that to the extent required for the Plan to comply with the
applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, "Committee" means either
such committee or a subcommittee of that committee, as the case may be, which
shall be constituted to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3
and Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  (g) "Company" means Physician Support Systems, Inc., a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor
corporation.

                  (h) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended from time to time, and as now or hereafter construed, interpreted and
applied by regulations, rulings and cases.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  (i) "Exempt Person" means (1) the Company, (2) any trustee or
other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the
Company, (3) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders
of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of
Stock, or (4) any person or group of persons who, immediately prior to the
adoption of this Plan, owned more than 50% of the combined voting power of the
Company's then outstanding voting securities.

                  (j) "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to Stock or other
property, the fair market value of such Stock or other property determined by
such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the
Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the per share Fair Market Value of
Stock as of a particular date shall mean (i) if the shares of Stock are then
listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price per share of
Stock on the national securities exchange on which the stock is principally
traded, for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock on
such exchange, or (ii) if the shares of Stock are then traded on the National
Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotation System ("NASDAQ"), the reported per share closing price of the Stock
on the day prior to such date or, if there was no such price reported for such
date, on the next preceding date for which such a price was reported, or (iii)
if the shares of Stock are then traded in an over-the-counter market other than
on the NASDAQ National Market System, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices for the shares of Stock in such over-the-counter market for the last
preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock in such market, or (iv)
if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or
traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole
discretion, shall determine in good faith.

                  (k) "ISO" means any Option intended to be and designated as an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

                  (l)      "NQSO" means any Option not designated as an ISO.

                  (m) "Option" means a right, granted to an Optionee under
Section 6(b) of the Plan, to purchase shares of Stock. An Option may be either
an ISO or an NQSO, provided that ISOs may be granted only to employees of the
Company or a Subsidiary.

                  (n) "Optionee" means a person who, as an employee, director or
independent contractor of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, has been
granted an Option.

                  (o) "Plan" means this  Physician  Support  Systems,  Inc. 1996
Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

                  (p) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in
effect, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16
of the Exchange Act, including any successor to such Rule.

                  (q) "Stock" means the common stock, par value $.001 per share,
of the Company.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  (r) "Stock  Option  Agreement"  means any  written  agreement,
contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Option.

                  (s) "Subsidiary" means any corporation in which the Company,
directly or indirectly, owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation.

3.       Administration.

         The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall
have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the
express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the
powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or
necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without
limitation, the authority to grant Options; to determine the persons to whom and
the time or times at which Options shall be granted; to determine the type and
number of Options to be granted, the number of shares of Stock to which Options
may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria
relating to any Options; to determine whether, to what extent, and under what
circumstances Options may be settled, canceled, forfeited, exchanged, or
surrendered; to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the
criteria and performance objectives included in, Options in recognition of
unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or
accounting principles; to designate Affiliates; to construe and interpret the
Plan and any Options; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations
relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Stock Option
Agreements (which need not be identical for each Optionee); and to make all
other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the
Plan.

         The Committee may appoint a chairperson and a secretary and may make
such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem
advisable, and shall keep minutes of its meetings. All determinations of the
Committee shall be made by a majority of its members either present in person or
participating by conference telephone at a meeting or by written consent. The
Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents
such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any
person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more
persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or
such person may have under the Plan. All decisions, determinations and
interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons,
including the Company, and any Subsidiary, Affiliate or Optionee (or any person
claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Optionee) and any
stockholder.

         No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action
taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option
granted hereunder.

4.       Eligibility.

         Options may be granted to employees (including officers), directors and
independent contractors of the Company and its present or future Subsidiaries
and Affiliates, in the discretion

                                       -4-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



of the Committee. In determining the person to whom Options shall be granted and
the type of Options granted (including the number of shares to be covered by
such Options), the Committee shall take into account such factors as the
Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of
the Plan.

5.       Stock Subject to the Plan.

         The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved for the grant of Options
under the Plan shall be 853,500 shares of Stock, subject to adjustment as
provided herein. Such shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but
unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the
Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. The number of
shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the
number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options. If any shares subject
to an Option are forfeited, canceled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Option
otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the
Optionee, the shares of Stock with respect to such Option shall, to the extent
of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or
expiration, again be available for Options under the Plan.

         In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or
other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property),
recapitalization, stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other
similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Stock such that an
adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the
rights of Optionee under the Plan, then the Committee shall make such equitable
changes or adjustments as it deems necessary or appropriate to any or all of (i)
the number and kind of shares of Stock which may thereafter be issued in
connection with Options, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock issued or
issuable in respect of outstanding Options, and (iii) the exercise price, grant
price, or purchase price relating to any Option; provided that, with respect to
ISOs, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Section 424(h) of the
Code.

6.       Specific Terms of Options.

                  (a) General. The term of each Option shall be for such period
as may be determined by the Committee. The Committee may make rules relating to
Options, and may impose on any Option or the exercise thereof, at the date of
grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine.

                  (b) Options.  The  Committee is authorized to grant Options to
Optionees on the following terms and conditions:

                           (i) Type of Option. The Stock Option Agreement
                  evidencing the grant of an Option under the Plan shall
                  designate the Option as an ISO (in the event its terms, and
                  the individual to whom it is granted, satisfy the requirements
                  for ISOs under the Code), or an NQSO.


                                       -5-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                           (ii) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of
                  Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the
                  Committee; provided that, in the case of an ISO, such exercise
                  price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share
                  of Stock on the date of grant of such Option or such other
                  exercise price as may be required by the Code, and in no event
                  shall the exercise price for the purchase of shares of Stock
                  be less than par value. The exercise price for Stock subject
                  to an Option may be paid in cash or by an exchange of Stock
                  previously owned by the Optionee, or a combination of both, in
                  an amount having a combined value equal to such exercise
                  price. Any shares of Stock exchanged upon the exercise of any
                  Option shall be valued at the Fair Market Value on the date on
                  which such shares are exchanged. An Optionee also may elect to
                  pay all or a portion of the aggregate exercise price by having
                  shares of Stock with a Fair Market Value on the date of
                  exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price withheld by the
                  Company or sold by a broker-dealer under circumstances meeting
                  the requirements of 12 C.F.R. ss. 220 or any successor
                  thereof.

                           (iii) Term and Exercisability of Options. The date on
                  which the Committee adopts a resolution expressly granting an
                  Option shall be considered the day on which such Option is
                  granted; provided that, Option grants made prior to approval
                  of the Plan by requisite vote of the Company's stockholders
                  shall be deemed to have been granted on the date of such
                  approval. Options shall be exercisable over the exercise
                  period (which shall not exceed ten years from the date of
                  grant), at such times and upon such conditions as the
                  Committee may determine, as reflected in the Stock Option
                  Agreement. An Option may be exercised to the extent of any or
                  all full shares of Stock as to which the Option has become
                  exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the
                  Company's Secretary and paying the exercise price as described
                  in Section 6(b)(ii).

                           (iv) Termination of Employment, etc. An Option may
                  not be exercised unless the Optionee is then in the employ of,
                  is then a director of, or then maintains an independent
                  contractor relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary or
                  Affiliate (or a company or a parent or subsidiary company of
                  such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction
                  to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies), and unless the
                  Optionee has continuously maintained any of such
                  relationships, since the date of grant of the Option; provided
                  that, the Stock Option Agreement may contain provisions
                  extending the exercisability of Options, in the event of
                  specified terminations, to a date not later than the
                  expiration date of such Option. The Committee may establish a
                  period during which the Beneficiaries of an Optionee who died
                  while an employee, director or independent contractor of the
                  Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or during any extended
                  period referred to in the immediately preceding proviso may
                  exercise those Options which were exercisable on the date of
                  the Optionee's death; provided that no Option shall be
                  exercisable after its expiration date.


                                       -6-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                           (v) Nontransferability. Options shall not be
                  transferrable by an Optionee except by will or the laws of
                  descent and distribution or, if then permitted under Rule
                  16b-3, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as
                  defined under the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement
                  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules
                  thereunder, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of an
                  Optionee only by such Optionee or his guardian or legal
                  representative.

                           (vi) Other Provisions. Options may be subject to such
                  other conditions as the Committee may prescribe in its
                  discretion.

7.       Change in Control Provisions.

         In the event of a Change in Control, any and all Options then
outstanding shall become fully exercisable and vested, whether or not
theretofore vested and exercisable.

8.       General Provisions.

                  (a) Compliance with Legal and Exchange Requirements. The Plan,
the granting and exercising of Options thereunder, and the other obligations of
the Company under the Plan and any Stock Option Agreement, shall be subject to
all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and to such
approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The
Company, in its discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock under
any Option until completion of such stock exchange listing or registration or
qualification of such Stock or other required action under any state, federal or
foreign law, rule or regulation as the Company may consider appropriate, and may
require any Optionee to make such representations and furnish such information
as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of
Stock in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

                  (b) No Right to Continued Employment, etc. Nothing in the Plan
or in any Option granted or Stock Option Agreement entered into pursuant to the
Plan shall confer upon any Optionee the right to continue in the employ of, or
to continue as a director of or an independent contractor to, the Company, any
Subsidiary or any Affiliate, as the case may be, or to be entitled to any
remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Stock Option
Agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or
any such Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such Optionee's employment,
directorship or independent contractor relationship.

                  (c) Taxes. The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is
authorized to withhold from any Option granted, any payment relating to an
Option under the Plan (including from a distribution of Stock), or any other
payment to an Optionee, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection
with any transaction involving an Option, and to take such other action as the
Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and an Optionee to satisfy
obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations
relating to any Option. This authority shall include authority to withhold or
receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in
satisfaction of an Optionee's tax obligations.

                                       -7-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  (d) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may at
any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in
whole or in part; provided that, no amendment which requires stockholder
approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with Rule 16b-3 shall be
effective unless the same shall be approved by the requisite vote of the
stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the rights of any
Optionee, without such Optionee's consent, under any Option theretofore granted
under the Plan.

                  (e) No Rights to Options; No Stockholder Rights. No Optionee
shall have any claim to be granted any Option under the Plan, and there is no
obligation for uniformity of treatment of Optionees. Except as provided
specifically herein, an Optionee or a transferee of an Option shall have no
rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until
the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to such Optionee for such
shares.

                  (f) Unfunded Status of Options. The Plan is intended to
constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. Nothing
contained in the Plan or any Option shall give any such Optionee any rights that
are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

                  (g) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall
be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Option. The Committee shall
determine whether cash, other Options, or other property shall be issued or paid
in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any
rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

                  (h) Governing Law. The Plan and all determinations made and
actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

                  (i) Effective Date; Plan Termination. The Plan shall take
effect upon its adoption by the Board (the "Effective Date"), but the Plan (and
any grants of Options made prior to the stockholder approval mentioned herein),
shall be subject to the approval of the holder(s) of a majority of the issued
and outstanding shares of voting securities of the Company entitled to vote,
which approval must occur within twelve months of the date the Plan is adopted
by the Board. In the absence of such approval, such Options shall be null and
void.

                  The Board may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to
any shares of Stock that are not subject to Options. Unless terminated earlier
by the Board, the Plan shall terminate ten years after the effective date and no
Options shall be granted under the Plan after such date. Termination of the Plan
under this Section 8(i) will not affect the rights and obligations of any
Optionee with respect to Options grated prior to termination.























                                       -8-
<PAGE>
 


 
<PAGE>
                                                                January 29, 1996



Physician Support Systems, Inc.
Route 230 and Eby-Chiques Road
Mt. Joy,  Pennsylvania  17552

Dear Sirs:

         In connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act"), of 3,450,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per
share (the "Shares"), of Physician Support Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), pursuant to the Registration Statement (No. 33-80731) on Form
S-1 (the "Registration Statement") filed by you with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, we have reviewed such corporate records, certificates and other
documents, and such questions of law, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate
for the purposes of this opinion.

         Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, when the
Registration Statement has become effective under the Act, the terms of the
issuance and sale of the Shares have been duly established in conformity with
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and the proceedings that we
contemplate being taken prior to the issuance of the Shares have been completed,
the Shares, when issued and sold as contemplated in the Registration Statement
and assuming compliance with the Act, will be duly and validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable.

         We hereby consent to the filing of our opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the
Registration Statement and to the



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


Physician Support Systems, Inc.                                              -2-


reference to us under the heading "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus. In giving
such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons
whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

                                                Very truly yours,
                                                 
                                                HOWARD, DARBY & LEVIN
<PAGE>



 
<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Physician Support Systems, Inc.
Landisville, Pennsylvania
 
We  consent to the use in this  Amendment No. 2 Registration Statement (relating
to 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock) of Physician Support Systems, Inc. on  Form
S-1  of our report dated December 29,  1995 on the financial statements of North
Coast Health Care Management Group, and our report dated January 5, 1996 on  the
financial  statements  of Medical  Management  Support, Inc.,  appearing  in the
Prospectus, which  is  a  part  of  this  Registration  Statement,  and  to  the
references  to us under the headings 'Seclected Financial Data' and 'Experts' in
such Prospectus.
 


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York, New York
January 29, 1996
  
<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission